src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32 #endif
  33
  34 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  35 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  36 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  37 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  38
  39 #include "wx/grid.h"
  40 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  41
  42 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  43     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  44 #else
  45     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  46 #endif
  47
  48 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  49     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  50 #else
  51     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  52 #endif
  53
  54 // Required for wxIs... functions
  55 #include <ctype.h>
  56
  57 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  58 // array classes
  59 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  60
  61 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  62                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  63
  64 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  65 {
  66     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  67         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  68     {
  69     }
  70
  71     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  72     {
  73         attr->DecRef();
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  77     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  78
  79 // Cannot do this:
  80 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  81 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  82 };
  83
  84 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  85                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  86
  87 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  88
  89 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  91
  92 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  93 // events
  94 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  95
  96 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 113
 114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 115 // private classes
 116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 117
 118 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 119 {
 120 public:
 121     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 122     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 123                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 124
 125 private:
 126     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 127
 128     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 129     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 130     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 131     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 132     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 133     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 134
 135     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 136     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 137     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 138 };
 139
 140
 141 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 142 {
 143 public:
 144     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 145     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 146                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 147
 148 private:
 149     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 150
 151     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 152     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 153     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 154     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 155     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 156     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 157
 158     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 159     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 160     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 161 };
 162
 163
 164 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 165 {
 166 public:
 167     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 168     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 169                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 170
 171 private:
 172     wxGrid *m_owner;
 173
 174     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 175     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 176     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 177     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 178     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 179     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 180
 181     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 182     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 183     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 184 };
 185
 186 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 187 {
 188 public:
 189     wxGridWindow()
 190     {
 191         m_owner = NULL;
 192         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 193         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 194     }
 195
 196     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 197                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 198                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 199                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 201
 202     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 203
 204     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 205
 206 private:
 207     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 208     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 209     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 210
 211     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 212     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 213     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 214     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 215     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 216     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 218     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 219
 220     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 221     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 222     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 223 };
 224
 225
 226 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 227 {
 228 public:
 229     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 230         : m_grid(grid),
 231           m_editor(editor),
 232           m_inSetFocus(false)
 233     {
 234     }
 235
 236     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 237     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 238     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 239
 240     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 241
 242 private:
 243     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 244     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 245
 246     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 247     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 248     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 249
 250     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 251     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 252     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 253 };
 254
 255
 256 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 257
 258 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 259     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 260     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 261     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 262 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 263
 264
 265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 266 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268
 269 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 270 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 271 {
 272 public:
 273     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 274     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 275     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 276     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 277
 278 private:
 279     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 280     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 281
 282     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 283 };
 284
 285 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 286 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 287 {
 288 public:
 289     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 290     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 291     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 292
 293     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 294     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 295     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 296
 297 private:
 298     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 299     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 300 };
 301
 302 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 303 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 309                            m_colAttrs;
 310 };
 311
 312
 313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 314 // data structures used for the data type registry
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316
 317 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 318 {
 319     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 320                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 321                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 322         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 323         {}
 324
 325     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 326     {
 327         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 328         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 329     }
 330
 331     wxString            m_typeName;
 332     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 333     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 334
 335     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 336 };
 337
 338
 339 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 340                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 341
 342
 343 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 344 {
 345 public:
 346   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 347     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 348
 349     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 350                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 351                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 352
 353     // find one of already registered data types
 354     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 355
 356     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 357     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 358     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 359
 360     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 361     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 362     // registered data type and set params for it
 363     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 364
 365     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 366     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 367
 368 private:
 369     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 370 };
 371
 372
 373 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 374 // conditional compilation
 375 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 376
 377 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 378 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 379 #endif
 380
 381 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 382 // globals
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384
 385 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 386 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 387     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 388     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 389 #endif
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // constants
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 396 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 397
 398 // scroll line size
 399 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 400 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 401 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 402 //
 403 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 404 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 405 //       -- Robin
 406 //
 407 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 408 //       fixing anyhow
 409 //       -- Vadim
 410 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 411 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 412
 413 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 414 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 415 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 416
 417 #if 0
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // private functions
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 423 {
 424     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 425 }
 426
 427 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 428 {
 429     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 430 }
 431 #endif
 432
 433 // ============================================================================
 434 // implementation
 435 // ============================================================================
 436
 437 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 438 // wxGridCellEditor
 439 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 440
 441 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 442 {
 443     m_control = NULL;
 444     m_attr = NULL;
 445 }
 446
 447 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 448 {
 449     Destroy();
 450 }
 451
 452 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 453                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 454                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 455 {
 456     if ( evtHandler )
 457         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 461                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 462 {
 463     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 464     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 465     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 466     if (gridWindow)
 467         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 468
 469     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 470     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 471     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 472
 473     // redraw the control we just painted over
 474     m_control->Refresh();
 475 }
 476
 477 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 478 {
 479     if (m_control)
 480     {
 481         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 482
 483         m_control->Destroy();
 484         m_control = NULL;
 485     }
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 489 {
 490     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 491
 492     m_control->Show(show);
 493
 494     if ( show )
 495     {
 496         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 497         if ( attr )
 498         {
 499             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 500             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 501
 502             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 503             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 504
 505 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 506 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 507             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 508             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 509 #endif
 510
 511             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 512             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 513         }
 514     }
 515     else
 516     {
 517         // restore the standard colours fonts
 518         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 519         {
 520             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 521             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 522         }
 523
 524         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 525         {
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 527             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 528         }
 529
 530 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 531 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 532         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 533         {
 534             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 535             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 536         }
 537 #endif
 538     }
 539 }
 540
 541 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 542 {
 543     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 544
 545     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 546 }
 547
 548 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 549 {
 550     event.Skip();
 551 }
 552
 553 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 554 {
 555     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 556     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 557
 558 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 559     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 560     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 561     alt = event.MetaDown();
 562 #endif
 563
 564     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 565     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 566     // through in that case.
 567     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 568         return false;
 569
 570     int key = 0;
 571     bool keyOk = true;
 572
 573 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 574     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 575     // editor.
 576     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 577         return false;
 578 #endif
 579 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 580     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 581     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 582     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 583     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 584     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 585     if (key <= 127)
 586     {
 587         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 588         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 589     }
 590 #else
 591     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 592     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 593 #endif
 594
 595     return keyOk;
 596 }
 597
 598 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     event.Skip();
 601 }
 602
 603 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 604 {
 605 }
 606
 607 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 608
 609 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 610 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 612
 613 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 614 {
 615     m_maxChars = 0;
 616 }
 617
 618 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 619                                   wxWindowID id,
 620                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 621 {
 622     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 623                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 624 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 625                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 626 #endif
 627                               );
 628
 629     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 630     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 631     {
 632         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 633     }
 634
 635     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 636 }
 637
 638 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 639                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 640 {
 641     // as we fill the entire client area,
 642     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 643 }
 644
 645 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 646 {
 647     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 648
 649     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 650     //
 651     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 652     //
 653 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 654     if (rect.x != 0)
 655     {
 656         rect.x += 1;
 657         rect.y += 1;
 658         rect.width -= 1;
 659         rect.height -= 1;
 660     }
 661 #else // !GTK
 662     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 663
 664 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 665 // when the editor is in the first row.
 666 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 667     int extra_y = 2;
 668 #else
 669     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 670 #endif
 671
 672 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 673     extra_x *= 2;
 674     extra_y *= 2;
 675 #endif
 676
 677     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 678     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 679     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 680     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 681 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 682
 683     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 684 }
 685
 686 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 687 {
 688     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 689
 690     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 691
 692     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 693 }
 694
 695 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 696 {
 697     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 698     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 699     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 700     Text()->SetFocus();
 701 }
 702
 703 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 704 {
 705     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 706
 707     bool changed = false;
 708     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 709     if (value != m_startValue)
 710         changed = true;
 711
 712     if (changed)
 713         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 714
 715     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 716
 717     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 718     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 719
 720     return changed;
 721 }
 722
 723 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 724 {
 725     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 726
 727     DoReset(m_startValue);
 728 }
 729
 730 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 731 {
 732     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 733     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 734 }
 735
 736 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 737 {
 738     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 739 }
 740
 741 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 742 {
 743     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 744     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 745     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 746     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 747
 748     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 749     wxChar ch;
 750     long pos;
 751
 752 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 753     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 754     if (ch <= 127)
 755         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 756 #else
 757     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 758 #endif
 759
 760     switch (ch)
 761     {
 762         case WXK_DELETE:
 763             // delete the character at the cursor
 764             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 765             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 766                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 767             break;
 768
 769         case WXK_BACK:
 770             // delete the character before the cursor
 771             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 772             if (pos > 0)
 773                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 774             break;
 775
 776         default:
 777             tc->WriteText(ch);
 778             break;
 779     }
 780 }
 781
 782 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 783                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 784 {
 785 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 786     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 787     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 788     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 789     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 790     Text()->SetValue(s);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 792 #else
 793     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 794     //
 795     event.Skip();
 796 #endif
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 800 {
 801     if ( !params )
 802     {
 803         // reset to default
 804         m_maxChars = 0;
 805     }
 806     else
 807     {
 808         long tmp;
 809         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 810         {
 811             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 812         }
 813         else
 814         {
 815             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 816         }
 817     }
 818 }
 819
 820 // return the value in the text control
 821 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 822 {
 823     return Text()->GetValue();
 824 }
 825
 826 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 827 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 828 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 829
 830 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 831 {
 832     m_min = min;
 833     m_max = max;
 834 }
 835
 836 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 837                                     wxWindowID id,
 838                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 839 {
 840 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 841     if ( HasRange() )
 842     {
 843         // create a spin ctrl
 844         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 845                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 846                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 847                                    m_min, m_max);
 848
 849         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 850     }
 851     else
 852 #endif
 853     {
 854         // just a text control
 855         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 856
 857 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 858         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 859 #endif
 860     }
 861 }
 862
 863 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 864 {
 865     // first get the value
 866     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 867     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 868     {
 869         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 870     }
 871     else
 872     {
 873         m_valueOld = 0;
 874         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 875         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 876         {
 877             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 878             return;
 879         }
 880     }
 881
 882 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 883     if ( HasRange() )
 884     {
 885         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 886         Spin()->SetFocus();
 887     }
 888     else
 889 #endif
 890     {
 891         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 892     }
 893 }
 894
 895 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 896                                      wxGrid* grid)
 897 {
 898     bool changed;
 899     long value = 0;
 900     wxString text;
 901
 902 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 903     if ( HasRange() )
 904     {
 905         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 906         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 907         if (changed)
 908             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 909     }
 910     else
 911 #endif
 912     {
 913         text = Text()->GetValue();
 914         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 915     }
 916
 917     if ( changed )
 918     {
 919         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 920             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 921         else
 922             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 923     }
 924
 925     return changed;
 926 }
 927
 928 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 929 {
 930 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 931     if ( HasRange() )
 932     {
 933         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 934     }
 935     else
 936 #endif
 937     {
 938         DoReset(GetString());
 939     }
 940 }
 941
 942 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 943 {
 944     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 945     {
 946         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 947         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 948              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 949         {
 950             return true;
 951         }
 952     }
 953
 954     return false;
 955 }
 956
 957 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 958 {
 959     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 960     if ( !HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 963         {
 964             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 965
 966             // skip Skip() below
 967             return;
 968         }
 969     }
 970 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 971     else
 972     {
 973         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 974         {
 975             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 976             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 977             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 978             return;
 979         }
 980     }
 981 #endif
 982
 983     event.Skip();
 984 }
 985
 986 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 987 {
 988     if ( !params )
 989     {
 990         // reset to default
 991         m_min =
 992         m_max = -1;
 993     }
 994     else
 995     {
 996         long tmp;
 997         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 998         {
 999             m_min = (int)tmp;
1000
1001             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1002             {
1003                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1004
1005                 // skip the error message below
1006                 return;
1007             }
1008         }
1009
1010         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1011     }
1012 }
1013
1014 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1015 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1016 {
1017     wxString s;
1018
1019 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1020     if ( HasRange() )
1021     {
1022         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1023         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1024     }
1025     else
1026 #endif
1027     {
1028         s = Text()->GetValue();
1029     }
1030
1031     return s;
1032 }
1033
1034 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1035 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1036 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1037
1038 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1039 {
1040     m_width = width;
1041     m_precision = precision;
1042 }
1043
1044 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1045                                    wxWindowID id,
1046                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1047 {
1048     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1049
1050 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1051     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1052 #endif
1053 }
1054
1055 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1056 {
1057     // first get the value
1058     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1059     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1060     {
1061         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1062     }
1063     else
1064     {
1065         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1066         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1067         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1068         {
1069             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1070             return;
1071         }
1072     }
1073
1074     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1075 }
1076
1077 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1078                                      wxGrid* grid)
1079 {
1080     double value = 0.0;
1081     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1082
1083     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1084             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1085     {
1086         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1087             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1088         else
1089             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1090
1091         return true;
1092     }
1093
1094     return false;
1095 }
1096
1097 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1098 {
1099     DoReset(GetString());
1100 }
1101
1102 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1103 {
1104     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1105     char tmpbuf[2];
1106     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1107     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1108     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1109
1110 #if wxUSE_INTL
1111     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1112        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1113 #else
1114     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1115 #endif
1116
1117     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1118          || is_decimal_point )
1119     {
1120         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1121
1122         // skip Skip() below
1123         return;
1124     }
1125
1126     event.Skip();
1127 }
1128
1129 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1130 {
1131     if ( !params )
1132     {
1133         // reset to default
1134         m_width =
1135         m_precision = -1;
1136     }
1137     else
1138     {
1139         long tmp;
1140         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1141         {
1142             m_width = (int)tmp;
1143
1144             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1145             {
1146                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1147
1148                 // skip the error message below
1149                 return;
1150             }
1151         }
1152
1153         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1154     }
1155 }
1156
1157 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1158 {
1159     wxString fmt;
1160     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1161     {
1162         // default precision
1163         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1164     }
1165     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1166     {
1167         // default width
1168         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1169     }
1170     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1171     {
1172         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1173     }
1174     else
1175     {
1176         // default width/precision
1177         fmt = _T("%f");
1178     }
1179
1180     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1181 }
1182
1183 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1184 {
1185     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1186     {
1187         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1188         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1189         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1190         char tmpbuf[2];
1191         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1192         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1193         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1194
1195 #if wxUSE_INTL
1196         bool is_decimal_point =
1197             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1198                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1199 #else
1200         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1201 #endif
1202
1203         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1204              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1205               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1206         {
1207             return true;
1208         }
1209     }
1210
1211     return false;
1212 }
1213
1214 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1215
1216 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1217
1218 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1219 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1220 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1221
1222 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1223                                   wxWindowID id,
1224                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1225 {
1226     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1227                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1228                                wxNO_BORDER);
1229
1230     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1231 }
1232
1233 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1234 {
1235     bool resize = false;
1236     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1237     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1238
1239     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1240     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1241     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1242     {
1243         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1244         size = sizeBest;
1245
1246         resize = true;
1247     }
1248
1249     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1250     {
1251         // leave 1 pixel margin
1252         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1253
1254         resize = true;
1255     }
1256
1257     if ( resize )
1258     {
1259         m_control->SetSize(size);
1260     }
1261
1262     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1263
1264 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1265     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1266     // so shift it to the right
1267     size.x -= 8;
1268 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1269     // here too, but in other way
1270     size.x += 1;
1271     size.y -= 2;
1272 #endif
1273
1274     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1275     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1276     if (GetCellAttr())
1277         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1278
1279     int x = 0, y = 0;
1280     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1281     {
1282         x = r.x + 2;
1283
1284 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1285         x += 2;
1286 #endif
1287
1288         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1289     }
1290     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1291     {
1292         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1293         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1294     }
1295     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1296     {
1297         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1298         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1299     }
1300
1301     m_control->Move(x, y);
1302 }
1303
1304 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1305 {
1306     m_control->Show(show);
1307
1308     if ( show )
1309     {
1310         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1311         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1312     }
1313 }
1314
1315 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1316 {
1317     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1318                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1319
1320     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1321     {
1322         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1323     }
1324     else
1325     {
1326         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1327         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1328     }
1329
1330     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1331     CBox()->SetFocus();
1332 }
1333
1334 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1335                                    wxGrid* grid)
1336 {
1337     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1338                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1339
1340     bool changed = false;
1341     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1342     if ( value != m_startValue )
1343         changed = true;
1344
1345     if ( changed )
1346     {
1347         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1348             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1349         else
1350             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1351     }
1352
1353     return changed;
1354 }
1355
1356 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1357 {
1358     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1359                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1360
1361     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1362 }
1363
1364 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1365 {
1366     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1367 }
1368
1369 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1370 {
1371     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1372     {
1373         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1374         switch ( keycode )
1375         {
1376             case WXK_SPACE:
1377             case '+':
1378             case '-':
1379                 return true;
1380         }
1381     }
1382
1383     return false;
1384 }
1385
1386 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1387 {
1388     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1389     switch ( keycode )
1390     {
1391         case WXK_SPACE:
1392             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1393             break;
1394
1395         case '+':
1396             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1397             break;
1398
1399         case '-':
1400             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1401             break;
1402     }
1403 }
1404
1405
1406 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1407 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1408 {
1409   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1410   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1411 }
1412
1413 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1414
1415 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1416
1417 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1418 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1419 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1420
1421 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1422                                                bool allowOthers)
1423     : m_choices(choices),
1424       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1425
1426 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1427                                                const wxString choices[],
1428                                                bool allowOthers)
1429                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1430 {
1431     if ( count )
1432     {
1433         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1434         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1435         {
1436             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1437         }
1438     }
1439 }
1440
1441 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1442 {
1443     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1444     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1445     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1446
1447     return editor;
1448 }
1449
1450 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1451                                     wxWindowID id,
1452                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1453 {
1454     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1455                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1456                                m_choices,
1457                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1458
1459     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1460 }
1461
1462 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1463                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1464 {
1465     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1466     // flicker
1467
1468     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1469     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1470     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1471     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1472 }
1473
1474 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1475 {
1476     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1477                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1478
1479     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1480     if (m_control)
1481         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1482
1483     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1484     if (evtHandler)
1485         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1486
1487     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1488
1489     if (m_allowOthers)
1490     {
1491         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1492     }
1493     else
1494     {
1495         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1496         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1497         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1498             pos = 0;
1499         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1500     }
1501
1502     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1503     Combo()->SetFocus();
1504
1505     if (evtHandler)
1506     {
1507         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1508         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1509 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1510         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1511 #endif
1512     }
1513 }
1514
1515 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1516                                      wxGrid* grid)
1517 {
1518     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1519     if ( value == m_startValue )
1520         return false;
1521
1522     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1523
1524     return true;
1525 }
1526
1527 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1528 {
1529     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1530     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1531 }
1532
1533 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1534 {
1535     if ( !params )
1536     {
1537         // what can we do?
1538         return;
1539     }
1540
1541     m_choices.Empty();
1542
1543     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1544     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1545     {
1546         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1547     }
1548 }
1549
1550 // return the value in the text control
1551 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1552 {
1553   return Combo()->GetValue();
1554 }
1555
1556 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1557
1558 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1559 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1560 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1561
1562 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1563 {
1564     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1565     if (m_inSetFocus)
1566         return;
1567
1568     // accept changes
1569     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1570
1571     event.Skip();
1572 }
1573
1574 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1575 {
1576     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1577     {
1578         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1579             m_editor->Reset();
1580             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1581             break;
1582
1583         case WXK_TAB:
1584             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1585             break;
1586
1587         case WXK_RETURN:
1588         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1589             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1590                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1591             break;
1592
1593         default:
1594             event.Skip();
1595             break;
1596     }
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1600 {
1601     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1602     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1603     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1604     int cw, ch;
1605     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1606
1607     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1608     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1609
1610     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1611     {
1612         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1613         case WXK_TAB:
1614         case WXK_RETURN:
1615         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1616             break;
1617
1618         case WXK_HOME:
1619         {
1620             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1621             {
1622                 // no special processing needed...
1623                 event.Skip();
1624                 break;
1625             }
1626
1627             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1628
1629             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1630             int colXPos = 0;
1631             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1632             {
1633                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1634             }
1635
1636             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1637             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1638             if (col != 0)
1639             {
1640                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1641             }
1642             else
1643             {
1644                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1645             }
1646             event.Skip();
1647             break;
1648         }
1649
1650         case WXK_END:
1651         {
1652             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1653             {
1654                 // no special processing needed...
1655                 event.Skip();
1656                 break;
1657             }
1658
1659             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1660
1661             int textWidth = 0;
1662             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1663             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1664             {
1665                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1666                 int y;
1667                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1668                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1669
1670                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1671                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1672
1673                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1674                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1675                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1676                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1677                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1678                 {
1679                     textWidth = 0;
1680                 }
1681             }
1682
1683             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1684             int colXPos = 0;
1685             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1686             {
1687                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1688             }
1689
1690             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1691             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1692             colXPos += textWidth;
1693
1694             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1695             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1696             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1697             event.Skip();
1698             break;
1699         }
1700
1701         default:
1702             event.Skip();
1703             break;
1704     }
1705 }
1706
1707 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1708 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1709 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1710 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1711
1712 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1713 {
1714     // nothing to do
1715 }
1716
1717 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1718 {
1719 }
1720
1721 // ============================================================================
1722 // renderer classes
1723 // ============================================================================
1724
1725 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1726 // wxGridCellRenderer
1727 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1728
1729 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1730                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1731                               wxDC& dc,
1732                               const wxRect& rect,
1733                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1734                               bool isSelected)
1735 {
1736     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1737
1738     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1739     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1740     {
1741         if ( isSelected )
1742         {
1743             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1744         }
1745         else
1746         {
1747             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1748         }
1749     }
1750     else
1751     {
1752         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1753     }
1754
1755     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1756     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1757 }
1758
1759 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1760 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1761 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1762
1763 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1764                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1765                                                      wxDC& dc,
1766                                                      bool isSelected)
1767 {
1768     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1769
1770     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1771
1772     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1773     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1774     {
1775         if ( isSelected )
1776         {
1777             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1778             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1779         }
1780         else
1781         {
1782             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1783             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1784         }
1785     }
1786     else
1787     {
1788         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1789         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1790     }
1791
1792     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1793 }
1794
1795 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1796                                                wxDC& dc,
1797                                                const wxString& text)
1798 {
1799     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1800     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1801     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1802     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1803     {
1804         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1805         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1806     }
1807
1808     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1809
1810     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1811 }
1812
1813 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1814                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1815                                              wxDC& dc,
1816                                              int row, int col)
1817 {
1818     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1819 }
1820
1821 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1822                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1823                                     wxDC& dc,
1824                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1825                                     int row, int col,
1826                                     bool isSelected)
1827 {
1828     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1829     rect.Inflate(-1);
1830
1831     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1832     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1833
1834     int hAlign, vAlign;
1835     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1836
1837     int overflowCols = 0;
1838
1839     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1840     {
1841         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1842         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1843         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1844         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1845         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1846         {
1847             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1848             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1849             {
1850                 bool is_empty = true;
1851                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1852                 {
1853                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1854                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1855                     if (c_rows > 0)
1856                         c_rows = 0;
1857                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1858                     {
1859                         is_empty = false;
1860                         break;
1861                     }
1862                 }
1863
1864                 if (is_empty)
1865                 {
1866                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1867                 }
1868                 else
1869                 {
1870                     i--;
1871                     break;
1872                 }
1873
1874                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1875                     break;
1876             }
1877
1878             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1879             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1880                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1881         }
1882
1883         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1884         {
1885             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1886             wxRect clip = rect;
1887             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1888             // draw each overflow cell individually
1889             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1890             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1891                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1892             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1893             {
1894                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1895                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1896                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1897
1898                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1899                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1900
1901                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1902                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1903                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1904             }
1905
1906             rect = rectCell;
1907             rect.Inflate(-1);
1908             rect.width++;
1909             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1910         }
1911     }
1912
1913     // now we only have to draw the text
1914     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1915
1916     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1917                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1918 }
1919
1920 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1921 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1922 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1923
1924 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1925 {
1926     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1927     wxString text;
1928     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1929     {
1930         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1931     }
1932     else
1933     {
1934         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1935     }
1936
1937     return text;
1938 }
1939
1940 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1941                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1942                                     wxDC& dc,
1943                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1944                                     int row, int col,
1945                                     bool isSelected)
1946 {
1947     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1948
1949     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1950
1951     // draw the text right aligned by default
1952     int hAlign, vAlign;
1953     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1954     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1955
1956     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1957     rect.Inflate(-1);
1958
1959     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1960 }
1961
1962 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1963                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1964                                              wxDC& dc,
1965                                              int row, int col)
1966 {
1967     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1968 }
1969
1970 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1971 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1972 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1973
1974 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1975 {
1976     SetWidth(width);
1977     SetPrecision(precision);
1978 }
1979
1980 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1981 {
1982     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1983     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1984     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1985     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1986
1987     return renderer;
1988 }
1989
1990 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1991 {
1992     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1993
1994     bool hasDouble;
1995     double val;
1996     wxString text;
1997     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1998     {
1999         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2000         hasDouble = true;
2001     }
2002     else
2003     {
2004         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2005         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2006     }
2007
2008     if ( hasDouble )
2009     {
2010         if ( !m_format )
2011         {
2012             if ( m_width == -1 )
2013             {
2014                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2015                 {
2016                     // default width/precision
2017                     m_format = _T("%f");
2018                 }
2019                 else
2020                 {
2021                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2022                 }
2023             }
2024             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2025             {
2026                 // default precision
2027                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2028             }
2029             else
2030             {
2031                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2032             }
2033         }
2034
2035         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2036
2037     }
2038     //else: text already contains the string
2039
2040     return text;
2041 }
2042
2043 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2044                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2045                                    wxDC& dc,
2046                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2047                                    int row, int col,
2048                                    bool isSelected)
2049 {
2050     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2051
2052     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2053
2054     // draw the text right aligned by default
2055     int hAlign, vAlign;
2056     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2057     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2058
2059     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2060     rect.Inflate(-1);
2061
2062     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2063 }
2064
2065 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2066                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2067                                             wxDC& dc,
2068                                             int row, int col)
2069 {
2070     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2071 }
2072
2073 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2074 {
2075     if ( !params )
2076     {
2077         // reset to defaults
2078         SetWidth(-1);
2079         SetPrecision(-1);
2080     }
2081     else
2082     {
2083         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2084         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2085         {
2086             long width;
2087             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2088             {
2089                 SetWidth((int)width);
2090             }
2091             else
2092             {
2093                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2094             }
2095         }
2096
2097         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2098         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2099         {
2100             long precision;
2101             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2102             {
2103                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2104             }
2105             else
2106             {
2107                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2108             }
2109         }
2110     }
2111 }
2112
2113 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2114 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2115 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2116
2117 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2118
2119 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2120
2121 // between checkmark and box
2122 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2123
2124 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2125                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2126                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2127                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2128                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2129 {
2130     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2131     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2132     {
2133         // get checkbox size
2134         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2135         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2136         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2137
2138         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2139 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2140         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2141 #endif
2142
2143         delete checkbox;
2144
2145         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2146     }
2147
2148     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2149 }
2150
2151 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2152                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2153                                   wxDC& dc,
2154                                   const wxRect& rect,
2155                                   int row, int col,
2156                                   bool isSelected)
2157 {
2158     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2159
2160     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2161     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2162
2163     // don't draw outside the cell
2164     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2165     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2166     {
2167         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2168         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2169     }
2170
2171     // draw a border around checkmark
2172     int vAlign, hAlign;
2173     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2174
2175     wxRect rectBorder;
2176     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2177     {
2178         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2179         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2180         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2181         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2182     }
2183     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2184     {
2185         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2186         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2187         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2188         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2189     }
2190     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2191     {
2192         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2193         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2194         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2195         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2196     }
2197
2198     bool value;
2199     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2200     {
2201         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2202     }
2203     else
2204     {
2205         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2206         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2207     }
2208
2209     if ( value )
2210     {
2211         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2212
2213 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2214         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2215         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2216         rectMark.x++;
2217         rectMark.y++;
2218 #else
2219         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2220 #endif
2221
2222         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2223         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2224     }
2225
2226     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2227     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2228     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2229 }
2230
2231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2232 // wxGridCellAttr
2233 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2234
2235 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2236 {
2237     m_nRef = 1;
2238
2239     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2240
2241     m_renderer = NULL;
2242     m_editor = NULL;
2243
2244     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2245
2246     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2247     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2248
2249     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2250 }
2251
2252 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2253 {
2254     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2255
2256     if ( HasTextColour() )
2257         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2258     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2259         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2260     if ( HasFont() )
2261         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2262     if ( HasAlignment() )
2263         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2264
2265     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2266
2267     if ( m_renderer )
2268     {
2269         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2270         m_renderer->IncRef();
2271     }
2272     if ( m_editor )
2273     {
2274         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2275         m_editor->IncRef();
2276     }
2277
2278     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2279         attr->SetReadOnly();
2280
2281     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2282
2283     return attr;
2284 }
2285
2286 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2287 {
2288     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2289         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2290     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2291         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2292     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2293         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2294     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2295     {
2296         int hAlign, vAlign;
2297         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2298         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2299     }
2300     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2301         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2302
2303     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2304     // m_renderer/m_editor
2305     //
2306     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2307     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2308     {
2309         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2310         m_renderer->IncRef();
2311     }
2312     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2313     {
2314         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2315         m_editor->IncRef();
2316     }
2317     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2318         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2319
2320     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2321         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2322
2323     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2324 }
2325
2326 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2327 {
2328     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2329
2330     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2331     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2332     // set to negative or zero values such that
2333     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2334     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2335
2336     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2337
2338     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2339                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2340                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2341                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2342
2343     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2344     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2345 }
2346
2347 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2348 {
2349     if (HasTextColour())
2350     {
2351         return m_colText;
2352     }
2353     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2354     {
2355         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2356     }
2357     else
2358     {
2359         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2360         return wxNullColour;
2361     }
2362 }
2363
2364 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2365 {
2366     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2367     {
2368         return m_colBack;
2369     }
2370     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2371     {
2372         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2373     }
2374     else
2375     {
2376         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2377         return wxNullColour;
2378     }
2379 }
2380
2381 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2382 {
2383     if (HasFont())
2384     {
2385         return m_font;
2386     }
2387     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2388     {
2389         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2390     }
2391     else
2392     {
2393         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2394         return wxNullFont;
2395     }
2396 }
2397
2398 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2399 {
2400     if (HasAlignment())
2401     {
2402         if ( hAlign )
2403             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2404         if ( vAlign )
2405             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2406     }
2407     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2408     {
2409         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2410     }
2411     else
2412     {
2413         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2414     }
2415 }
2416
2417 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2418 {
2419     if ( num_rows )
2420         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2421     if ( num_cols )
2422         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2423 }
2424
2425 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2426 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2427 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2428 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2429 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2430 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2431
2432 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2433 {
2434     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2435
2436     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2437     {
2438         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2439         renderer = m_renderer;
2440         renderer->IncRef();
2441     }
2442     else // no non-default cell renderer
2443     {
2444         // get default renderer for the data type
2445         if ( grid )
2446         {
2447             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2448             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2449         }
2450
2451         if ( renderer == NULL )
2452         {
2453             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2454             {
2455                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2456                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2457                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2458             }
2459             else // default grid attr
2460             {
2461                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2462                 renderer = m_renderer;
2463                 if ( renderer )
2464                     renderer->IncRef();
2465             }
2466         }
2467     }
2468
2469     // we're supposed to always find something
2470     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2471
2472     return renderer;
2473 }
2474
2475 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2476 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2477 {
2478     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2479
2480     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2481     {
2482         // use the cells editor if it has one
2483         editor = m_editor;
2484         editor->IncRef();
2485     }
2486     else // no non default cell editor
2487     {
2488         // get default editor for the data type
2489         if ( grid )
2490         {
2491             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2492             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2493         }
2494
2495         if ( editor == NULL )
2496         {
2497             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2498             {
2499                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2500                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2501                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2502             }
2503             else // default grid attr
2504             {
2505                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2506                 editor = m_editor;
2507                 if ( editor )
2508                     editor->IncRef();
2509             }
2510         }
2511     }
2512
2513     // we're supposed to always find something
2514     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2515
2516     return editor;
2517 }
2518
2519 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2520 // wxGridCellAttrData
2521 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2522
2523 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2524 {
2525     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2526     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2527     {
2528         // add the attribute
2529         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2530     }
2531     else
2532     {
2533         // free the old attribute
2534         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2535
2536         if ( attr )
2537         {
2538             // change the attribute
2539             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2540         }
2541         else
2542         {
2543             // remove this attribute
2544             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2545         }
2546     }
2547 }
2548
2549 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2550 {
2551     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2552
2553     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2554     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2555     {
2556         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2557         attr->IncRef();
2558     }
2559
2560     return attr;
2561 }
2562
2563 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2564 {
2565     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2566     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2567     {
2568         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2569         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2570         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2571         {
2572             if (numRows > 0)
2573             {
2574                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2575                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2576             }
2577             else if (numRows < 0)
2578             {
2579                 // If rows deleted ...
2580                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2581                 {
2582                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2583                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2584                 }
2585                 else
2586                 {
2587                     // ...or remove the attribute
2588                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2589                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2590                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2591                     n--;
2592                     count--;
2593                 }
2594             }
2595         }
2596     }
2597 }
2598
2599 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2600 {
2601     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2602     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2603     {
2604         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2605         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2606         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2607         {
2608             if ( numCols > 0 )
2609             {
2610                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2611                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2612             }
2613             else if (numCols < 0)
2614             {
2615                 // If rows deleted ...
2616                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2617                 {
2618                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2619                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2620                 }
2621                 else
2622                 {
2623                     // ...or remove the attribute
2624                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2625                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2626                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2627                     n--;
2628                     count--;
2629                 }
2630             }
2631         }
2632     }
2633 }
2634
2635 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2636 {
2637     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2638     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2639     {
2640         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2641         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2642         {
2643             return n;
2644         }
2645     }
2646
2647     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2648 }
2649
2650 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2651 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2652 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2653
2654 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2655 {
2656     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2657     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2658     {
2659         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2660     }
2661 }
2662
2663 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2664 {
2665     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2666
2667     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2668     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2669     {
2670         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2671         attr->IncRef();
2672     }
2673
2674     return attr;
2675 }
2676
2677 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2678 {
2679     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2680     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2681     {
2682         // add the attribute
2683         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2684         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2685     }
2686     else
2687     {
2688         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2689         if ( attr )
2690         {
2691             // change the attribute
2692             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2693             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2694         }
2695         else
2696         {
2697             // remove this attribute
2698             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2699             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2700             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2701         }
2702     }
2703 }
2704
2705 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2706 {
2707     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2708     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2709     {
2710         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2711         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2712         {
2713             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2714             {
2715                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2716                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2717             }
2718             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2719             {
2720                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2721                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2722                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2723                 else
2724                 {
2725                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2726                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2727                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2728                     n--;
2729                     count--;
2730                 }
2731             }
2732         }
2733     }
2734 }
2735
2736 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2737 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2738 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2739
2740 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2741 {
2742     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2743 }
2744
2745 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2746 {
2747     delete m_data;
2748 }
2749
2750 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2751 {
2752     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2753 }
2754
2755 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2756                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2757 {
2758     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2759     if ( m_data )
2760     {
2761         switch (kind)
2762         {
2763             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2764                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2765                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2766                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2767                 if (!attr)
2768                 {
2769                     // Basically implement old version.
2770                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2771                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2772                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2773                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2774
2775                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2776                     {
2777                         // Two or more are non NULL
2778                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2779                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2780
2781                         // Order is important..
2782                         if (attrcell)
2783                         {
2784                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2785                             attrcell->DecRef();
2786                         }
2787                         if (attrcol)
2788                         {
2789                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2790                             attrcol->DecRef();
2791                         }
2792                         if (attrrow)
2793                         {
2794                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2795                             attrrow->DecRef();
2796                         }
2797
2798                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2799                         //attr->IncRef();
2800                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2801                     }
2802                     else
2803                     {
2804                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2805                         if (attrrow)
2806                             attr = attrrow;
2807                         if (attrcol)
2808                         {
2809                             if (attr)
2810                                 attr->DecRef();
2811                             attr = attrcol;
2812                         }
2813                         if (attrcell)
2814                         {
2815                             if (attr)
2816                                 attr->DecRef();
2817                             attr = attrcell;
2818                         }
2819                     }
2820                 }
2821                 break;
2822
2823             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2824                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2825                 break;
2826
2827             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2828                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2829                 break;
2830
2831             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2832                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2833                 break;
2834
2835             default:
2836                 // unused as yet...
2837                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2838                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2839                 break;
2840         }
2841     }
2842
2843     return attr;
2844 }
2845
2846 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2847                                      int row, int col)
2848 {
2849     if ( !m_data )
2850         InitData();
2851
2852     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2853 }
2854
2855 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2856 {
2857     if ( !m_data )
2858         InitData();
2859
2860     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2861 }
2862
2863 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2864 {
2865     if ( !m_data )
2866         InitData();
2867
2868     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2869 }
2870
2871 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2872 {
2873     if ( m_data )
2874     {
2875         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2876
2877         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2878     }
2879 }
2880
2881 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2882 {
2883     if ( m_data )
2884     {
2885         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2886
2887         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2888     }
2889 }
2890
2891 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2892 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2893 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2894
2895 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2896 {
2897     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2898     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2899         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2900 }
2901
2902 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2903                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2904                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2905 {
2906     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2907
2908     // is it already registered?
2909     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2910     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2911     {
2912         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2913         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2914     }
2915     else
2916     {
2917         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2918     }
2919 }
2920
2921 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2922 {
2923     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2924     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2925     {
2926         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2927         {
2928             return i;
2929         }
2930     }
2931
2932     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2933 }
2934
2935 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2936 {
2937     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2938     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2939     {
2940         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2941         // register it "on the fly"
2942 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2943         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2944         {
2945             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2946                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2947                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2948         }
2949         else
2950 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2951 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2952         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2953         {
2954             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2955                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2956                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2957         }
2958         else
2959 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2960 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2961         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2962         {
2963             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2964                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2965                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2966         }
2967         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2968         {
2969             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2970                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2971                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2972         }
2973         else
2974 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2975 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2976         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2977         {
2978             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2979                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2980                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2981         }
2982         else
2983 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2984         {
2985             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2986         }
2987
2988         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2989         // the last index
2990         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2991     }
2992
2993     return index;
2994 }
2995
2996 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2997 {
2998     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2999     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3000     {
3001         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3002         // are the parameters for the renderer
3003         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3004         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3005         {
3006             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3007         }
3008
3009         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3010         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3011         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3012         rendererOld->DecRef();
3013
3014         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3015         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3016         editor = editor->Clone();
3017         editorOld->DecRef();
3018
3019         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3020         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3021         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3022         editor->SetParameters(params);
3023
3024         // register the new typename
3025         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3026
3027         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3028         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3029     }
3030
3031     return index;
3032 }
3033
3034 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3035 {
3036     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3037     if (renderer)
3038         renderer->IncRef();
3039
3040     return renderer;
3041 }
3042
3043 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3044 {
3045     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3046     if (editor)
3047         editor->IncRef();
3048
3049     return editor;
3050 }
3051
3052 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3053 // wxGridTableBase
3054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3055
3056 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3057
3058 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3059 {
3060     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3061     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3062 }
3063
3064 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3065 {
3066     delete m_attrProvider;
3067 }
3068
3069 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3070 {
3071     delete m_attrProvider;
3072     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3073 }
3074
3075 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3076 {
3077     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3078     {
3079         // use the default attr provider by default
3080         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3081     }
3082
3083     return true;
3084 }
3085
3086 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3087 {
3088     if ( m_attrProvider )
3089         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3090     else
3091         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3092 }
3093
3094 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3095 {
3096     if ( m_attrProvider )
3097     {
3098         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3099         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3100     }
3101     else
3102     {
3103         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3104         // free it now
3105         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3106     }
3107 }
3108
3109 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3110 {
3111     if ( m_attrProvider )
3112     {
3113         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3114         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3115     }
3116     else
3117     {
3118         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3119         // free it now
3120         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3121     }
3122 }
3123
3124 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3125 {
3126     if ( m_attrProvider )
3127     {
3128         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3129         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3130     }
3131     else
3132     {
3133         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3134         // free it now
3135         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3136     }
3137 }
3138
3139 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3140                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3141 {
3142     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3143
3144     return false;
3145 }
3146
3147 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3148 {
3149     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3150
3151     return false;
3152 }
3153
3154 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3155                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3156 {
3157     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3158
3159     return false;
3160 }
3161
3162 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3163                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3164 {
3165     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3166
3167     return false;
3168 }
3169
3170 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3171 {
3172     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3173
3174     return false;
3175 }
3176
3177 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3178                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3179 {
3180     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3181
3182     return false;
3183 }
3184
3185 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3186 {
3187     wxString s;
3188
3189     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3190     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3191     s << row + 1;
3192
3193     return s;
3194 }
3195
3196 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3197 {
3198     // default col labels are:
3199     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3200     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3201     //   etc.
3202
3203     wxString s;
3204     unsigned int i, n;
3205     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3206     {
3207         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3208         col = col / 26 - 1;
3209         if ( col < 0 )
3210             break;
3211     }
3212
3213     // reverse the string...
3214     wxString s2;
3215     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3216     {
3217         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3218     }
3219
3220     return s2;
3221 }
3222
3223 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3224 {
3225     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3226 }
3227
3228 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3229                                      const wxString& typeName )
3230 {
3231     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3232 }
3233
3234 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3235 {
3236     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3237 }
3238
3239 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3240 {
3241     return 0;
3242 }
3243
3244 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3245 {
3246     return 0.0;
3247 }
3248
3249 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3250 {
3251     return false;
3252 }
3253
3254 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3255                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3256 {
3257 }
3258
3259 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3260                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3261 {
3262 }
3263
3264 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3265                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3266 {
3267 }
3268
3269 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3270                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3271 {
3272     return NULL;
3273 }
3274
3275 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3276                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3277                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3278 {
3279 }
3280
3281 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3282 //
3283 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3284 // to the grid view
3285 //
3286
3287 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3288 {
3289     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3290     m_id = -1;
3291     m_comInt1 = -1;
3292     m_comInt2 = -1;
3293 }
3294
3295 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3296                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3297 {
3298     m_table = table;
3299     m_id = id;
3300     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3301     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3302 }
3303
3304 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3305 //
3306 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3307 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3308 //
3309
3310 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3311
3312 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3313
3314 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3315         : wxGridTableBase()
3316 {
3317 }
3318
3319 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3320         : wxGridTableBase()
3321 {
3322     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3323
3324     wxArrayString sa;
3325     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3326     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3327
3328     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3329 }
3330
3331 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3332 {
3333 }
3334
3335 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3336 {
3337     return m_data.GetCount();
3338 }
3339
3340 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3341 {
3342     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3343         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3344     else
3345         return 0;
3346 }
3347
3348 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3349 {
3350     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3351                  wxEmptyString,
3352                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3353
3354     return m_data[row][col];
3355 }
3356
3357 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3358 {
3359     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3360                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3361
3362     m_data[row][col] = value;
3363 }
3364
3365 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3366 {
3367     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3368                  true,
3369                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3370
3371     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3372 }
3373
3374 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3375 {
3376     int row, col;
3377     int numRows, numCols;
3378
3379     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3380     if ( numRows > 0 )
3381     {
3382         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3383
3384         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3385         {
3386             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3387             {
3388                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3389             }
3390         }
3391     }
3392 }
3393
3394 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3395 {
3396     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3397     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3398                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3399
3400     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3401     {
3402         return AppendRows( numRows );
3403     }
3404
3405     wxArrayString sa;
3406     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3407     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3408     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3409
3410     if ( GetView() )
3411     {
3412         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3413                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3414                                 pos,
3415                                 numRows );
3416
3417         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3418     }
3419
3420     return true;
3421 }
3422
3423 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3424 {
3425     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3426     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3427                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3428                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3429
3430     wxArrayString sa;
3431     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3432     {
3433         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3434         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3435     }
3436
3437     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3438
3439     if ( GetView() )
3440     {
3441         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3442                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3443                                 numRows );
3444
3445         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3446     }
3447
3448     return true;
3449 }
3450
3451 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3452 {
3453     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3454
3455     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3456     {
3457         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3458                     (
3459                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3460                         (unsigned long)pos,
3461                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3462                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3463                     ) );
3464
3465         return false;
3466     }
3467
3468     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3469     {
3470         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3471     }
3472
3473     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3474     {
3475         m_data.Clear();
3476     }
3477     else
3478     {
3479         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3480     }
3481
3482     if ( GetView() )
3483     {
3484         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3485                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3486                                 pos,
3487                                 numRows );
3488
3489         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3490     }
3491
3492     return true;
3493 }
3494
3495 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3496 {
3497     size_t row, col;
3498
3499     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3500     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3501                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3502                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3503
3504     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3505     {
3506         return AppendCols( numCols );
3507     }
3508
3509     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3510     {
3511         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3512         {
3513             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3514         }
3515     }
3516
3517     if ( GetView() )
3518     {
3519         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3520                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3521                                 pos,
3522                                 numCols );
3523
3524         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3525     }
3526
3527     return true;
3528 }
3529
3530 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3531 {
3532     size_t row;
3533
3534     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3535
3536 #if 0
3537     if ( !curNumRows )
3538     {
3539         // TODO: something better than this ?
3540         //
3541         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3542         return false;
3543     }
3544 #endif
3545
3546     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3547     {
3548         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3549     }
3550
3551     if ( GetView() )
3552     {
3553         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3554                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3555                                 numCols );
3556
3557         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3558     }
3559
3560     return true;
3561 }
3562
3563 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3564 {
3565     size_t row;
3566
3567     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3568     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3569                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3570
3571     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3572     {
3573         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3574                     (
3575                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3576                         (unsigned long)pos,
3577                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3578                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3579                     ) );
3580         return false;
3581     }
3582
3583     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3584     {
3585         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3586     }
3587
3588     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3589     {
3590         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3591         {
3592             m_data[row].Clear();
3593         }
3594         else
3595         {
3596             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3597         }
3598     }
3599
3600     if ( GetView() )
3601     {
3602         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3603                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3604                                 pos,
3605                                 numCols );
3606
3607         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3608     }
3609
3610     return true;
3611 }
3612
3613 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3614 {
3615     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3616     {
3617         // using default label
3618         //
3619         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3620     }
3621     else
3622     {
3623         return m_rowLabels[row];
3624     }
3625 }
3626
3627 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3628 {
3629     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3630     {
3631         // using default label
3632         //
3633         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3634     }
3635     else
3636     {
3637         return m_colLabels[col];
3638     }
3639 }
3640
3641 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3642 {
3643     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3644     {
3645         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3646         int i;
3647
3648         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3649         {
3650             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3651         }
3652     }
3653
3654     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3655 }
3656
3657 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3658 {
3659     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3660     {
3661         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3662         int i;
3663
3664         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3665         {
3666             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3667         }
3668     }
3669
3670     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3671 }
3672
3673
3674 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3675 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3676
3677 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3678
3679 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3680     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3681     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3682     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3683     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3684     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3685     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3686 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3687
3688 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3689                                             wxWindowID id,
3690                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3691   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3692 {
3693     m_owner = parent;
3694 }
3695
3696 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3697 {
3698     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3699
3700     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3701     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3702     // set the y coord  - MB
3703     //
3704     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3705
3706     int x, y;
3707     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3708     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3709
3710     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3711     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3712 }
3713
3714 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3715 {
3716     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3717 }
3718
3719 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3720 {
3721     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3722 }
3723
3724 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3725 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3726 //
3727 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3728 {
3729     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3730         event.Skip();
3731 }
3732
3733 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3734 {
3735     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3736         event.Skip();
3737 }
3738
3739 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3740 {
3741     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3742         event.Skip();
3743 }
3744
3745 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3746
3747 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3748
3749 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3750     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3751     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3752     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3753     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3754     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3755     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3756 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3757
3758 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3759                                             wxWindowID id,
3760                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3761   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3762 {
3763     m_owner = parent;
3764 }
3765
3766 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3767 {
3768     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3769
3770     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3771     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3772     // set the x coord  - MB
3773     //
3774     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3775
3776     int x, y;
3777     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3778     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3779
3780     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3781     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3782 }
3783
3784 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3785 {
3786     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3787 }
3788
3789 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3790 {
3791     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3792 }
3793
3794 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3795 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3796 //
3797 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3798 {
3799     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3800         event.Skip();
3801 }
3802
3803 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3804 {
3805     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3806         event.Skip();
3807 }
3808
3809 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3810 {
3811     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3812         event.Skip();
3813 }
3814
3815 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3816
3817 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3818
3819 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3820     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3821     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3822     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3823     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3824     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3825     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3826 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3827
3828 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3829                                                   wxWindowID id,
3830                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3831   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3832 {
3833     m_owner = parent;
3834 }
3835
3836 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3837 {
3838     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3839
3840     int client_height = 0;
3841     int client_width = 0;
3842     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3843
3844     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3845 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3846     wxRect rect;
3847     rect.SetX( 1 );
3848     rect.SetY( 1 );
3849     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3850     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3851
3852     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3853 #else // !__WXGTK__
3854     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3855     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3856     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3857     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3858     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3859
3860     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3861     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3862     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3863 #endif
3864 }
3865
3866 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3867 {
3868     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3869 }
3870
3871 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3872 {
3873     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3874 }
3875
3876 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3877 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3878 //
3879 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3880 {
3881     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3882         event.Skip();
3883 }
3884
3885 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3886 {
3887     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3888         event.Skip();
3889 }
3890
3891 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3892 {
3893     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3894         event.Skip();
3895 }
3896
3897 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3898
3899 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3900
3901 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3902     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3903     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3904     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3905     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3906     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3907     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3908     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3909     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3910     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3911 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3912
3913 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3914                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3915                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3916                             wxWindowID id,
3917                             const wxPoint &pos,
3918                             const wxSize &size )
3919             : wxWindow(
3920                 parent, id, pos, size,
3921                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3922                 wxT("grid window") )
3923 {
3924     m_owner = parent;
3925     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3926     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3927 }
3928
3929 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3930 {
3931     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3932     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3933     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3934     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3935     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3936
3937 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3938     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3939 #endif
3940
3941     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3942     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3943 }
3944
3945 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3946 {
3947     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3948     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3949     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3950 }
3951
3952 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3953 {
3954     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3955         SetFocus();
3956
3957     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3958 }
3959
3960 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3961 {
3962     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3963 }
3964
3965 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3966 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3967 //
3968 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3969 {
3970     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3971         event.Skip();
3972 }
3973
3974 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3975 {
3976     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3977         event.Skip();
3978 }
3979
3980 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3981 {
3982     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3983         event.Skip();
3984 }
3985
3986 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3987 {
3988 }
3989
3990 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3991 {
3992     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3993         event.Skip();
3994 }
3995
3996 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3997
3998 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3999 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4000 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4001 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4002
4003 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4004
4005 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4006                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4007                            bool clipToMinMax);
4008
4009 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
4010                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
4011                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
4012 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4013                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4014                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4015
4016 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4017
4018 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4019 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4020
4021 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4022     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4023     // use them for streaming out
4024     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4025     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4026     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4027     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4028     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4029     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4030
4031     // old style border flags
4032     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4033     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4034     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4035     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4036     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4037     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4038
4039     // standard window styles
4040     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4041     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4042     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4043     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4044     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4045     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4046     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4047     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4048
4049 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4050
4051 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4052
4053 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4054     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4055     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4056 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4057
4058 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4059 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4060
4061 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4062
4063 /*
4064  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4065 */
4066 #else
4067 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4068 #endif
4069
4070 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4071     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4072     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4073     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4074     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4075     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4076     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4077 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4078
4079 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4080 {
4081     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4082     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4083     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4084     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4085     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4086     m_gridWin = NULL;
4087 }
4088
4089 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4090                  wxWindowID id,
4091                  const wxPoint& pos,
4092                  const wxSize& size,
4093                  long style,
4094                  const wxString& name )
4095   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4096     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4097     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4098 {
4099     Create();
4100     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4101 }
4102
4103 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4104                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4105                           long style, const wxString& name)
4106 {
4107     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4108                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4109         return false;
4110
4111     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4112     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4113
4114     Create();
4115     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4116
4117     return true;
4118 }
4119
4120 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4121 {
4122     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4123     SetTargetWindow(this);
4124     ClearAttrCache();
4125     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4126
4127 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4128     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4129     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4130                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4131              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4132              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4133 #endif
4134
4135     if (m_ownTable)
4136         delete m_table;
4137
4138     delete m_typeRegistry;
4139     delete m_selection;
4140 }
4141
4142 //
4143 // ----- internal init and update functions
4144 //
4145
4146 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4147 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4148 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4149
4150 #if _USE_VISATTR
4151 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4152 #endif
4153
4154 void wxGrid::Create()
4155 {
4156     // set to true by CreateGrid
4157     m_created = false;
4158
4159     // create the type registry
4160     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4161     m_selection = NULL;
4162
4163     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4164     m_ownTable = false;
4165
4166     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4167
4168     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4169
4170     // Set default cell attributes
4171     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4172     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4173     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4174     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4175     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4176     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4177
4178 #if _USE_VISATTR
4179     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4180     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4181
4182     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4183     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4184
4185 #else
4186     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4187         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4188     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4189         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4190 #endif
4191
4192     m_numRows = 0;
4193     m_numCols = 0;
4194     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4195
4196     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4197     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4198
4199     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4200     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4201                                               wxID_ANY,
4202                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4203                                               wxDefaultSize );
4204
4205     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4206                                               wxID_ANY,
4207                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4208                                               wxDefaultSize );
4209
4210     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4211                                                     wxID_ANY,
4212                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4213                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4214
4215     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4216                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4217                                   m_colLabelWin,
4218                                   wxID_ANY,
4219                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4220                                   wxDefaultSize );
4221
4222     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4223
4224 #if _USE_VISATTR
4225     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4226     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4227     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4228     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4229 #else
4230     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4231     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4232     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4233     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4234 #endif
4235
4236     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4237     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4238     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4239     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4240     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4241     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4242
4243     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4244     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4245
4246     Init();
4247 }
4248
4249 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4250                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4251 {
4252     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4253                  false,
4254                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4255
4256     m_numRows = numRows;
4257     m_numCols = numCols;
4258
4259     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4260     m_table->SetView( this );
4261     m_ownTable = true;
4262     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4263
4264     CalcDimensions();
4265
4266     m_created = true;
4267
4268     return m_created;
4269 }
4270
4271 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4272 {
4273     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4274                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4275
4276     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4277 }
4278
4279 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4280 {
4281     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4282                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4283
4284     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4285 }
4286
4287 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4288                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4289 {
4290     if ( m_created )
4291     {
4292         // stop all processing
4293         m_created = false;
4294
4295         if (m_ownTable)
4296         {
4297             wxGridTableBase *t = m_table;
4298             m_table = NULL;
4299             delete t;
4300         }
4301
4302         delete m_selection;
4303
4304         m_table = NULL;
4305         m_selection = NULL;
4306         m_numRows = 0;
4307         m_numCols = 0;
4308     }
4309
4310     if (table)
4311     {
4312         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4313         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4314
4315         m_table = table;
4316         m_table->SetView( this );
4317         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4318         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4319
4320         CalcDimensions();
4321
4322         m_created = true;
4323     }
4324
4325     return m_created;
4326 }
4327
4328 void wxGrid::Init()
4329 {
4330     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4331     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4332
4333     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4334     {
4335         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4336     }
4337     else
4338     {
4339         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4340     }
4341
4342     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4343
4344     // init attr cache
4345     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4346     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4347     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4348
4349     // TODO: something better than this ?
4350     //
4351     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4352     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4353
4354     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4355     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4356
4357     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4358     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4359     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4360
4361     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4362     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4363
4364     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4365     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4366
4367 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4368     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4369 #else
4370     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4371 #endif
4372
4373     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4374     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4375     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4376     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4377     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4378
4379     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4380     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4381     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4382     m_canDragColSize = true;
4383     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4384     m_canDragCell = false;
4385     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4386     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4387     m_isDragging = false;
4388     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4389
4390     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4391
4392     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4393     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4394
4395     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4396
4397     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4398     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4399     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4400     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4401
4402     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4403
4404     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4405     m_batchCount = 0;
4406
4407     m_extraWidth =
4408     m_extraHeight = 0;
4409
4410     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4411     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4412 }
4413
4414 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4415 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4416 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4417 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4418 // arrays at all
4419 //
4420 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4421 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4422 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4423
4424 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4425 {
4426     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4427     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4428
4429     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4430     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4431
4432     int rowBottom = 0;
4433
4434     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4435
4436     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4437     {
4438         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4439         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4440     }
4441 }
4442
4443 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4444 {
4445     m_colWidths.Empty();
4446     m_colRights.Empty();
4447
4448     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4449     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4450     int colRight = 0;
4451
4452     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4453
4454     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4455     {
4456         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4457         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4458     }
4459 }
4460
4461 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4462 {
4463     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4464 }
4465
4466 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4467 {
4468     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4469                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4470 }
4471
4472 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4473 {
4474     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4475                                  : m_colRights[col];
4476 }
4477
4478 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4479 {
4480     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4481 }
4482
4483 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4484 {
4485     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4486                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4487 }
4488
4489 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4490 {
4491     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4492                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4493 }
4494
4495 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4496 {
4497     int cw, ch;
4498     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4499
4500     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4501         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4502     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4503         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4504
4505     // grid total size
4506     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4507     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4508
4509     // take into account editor if shown
4510     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4511     {
4512         int w2, h2;
4513         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4514         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4515         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4516         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4517
4518         // how big is the editor
4519         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4520         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4521         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4522         w2 += x;
4523         h2 += y;
4524         if ( w2 > w )
4525             w = w2;
4526         if ( h2 > h )
4527             h = h2;
4528         editor->DecRef();
4529         attr->DecRef();
4530     }
4531
4532     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4533     int x, y;
4534     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4535
4536     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4537     if ( x >= w )
4538         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4539     if ( y >= h )
4540         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4541
4542     // do set scrollbar parameters
4543     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4544                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4545                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4546
4547     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4548     // still must reposition the children
4549     CalcWindowSizes();
4550 }
4551
4552 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4553 {
4554     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4555
4556     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4557         return;
4558
4559     int cw, ch;
4560     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4561
4562     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4563         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4564
4565     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4566         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4567
4568     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4569         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4570
4571     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4572         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4573 }
4574
4575 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4576 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4577 //
4578 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4579 {
4580     int i;
4581     bool result = false;
4582
4583     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4584     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4585     ClearAttrCache();
4586
4587     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4588     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4589     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4590     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4591     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4592     HideCellEditControl();
4593
4594 #if 0
4595     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4596     // now
4597     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4598     {
4599         InitColWidths();
4600     }
4601
4602     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4603     {
4604         InitRowHeights();
4605     }
4606 #endif
4607
4608     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4609     {
4610         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4611         {
4612             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4613             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4614
4615             m_numRows += numRows;
4616
4617             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4618             {
4619                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4620                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4621
4622                 int bottom = 0;
4623                 if ( pos > 0 )
4624                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4625
4626                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4627                 {
4628                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4629                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4630                 }
4631             }
4632
4633             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4634             {
4635                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4636                 // cell will be undefined...
4637                 //
4638                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4639             }
4640
4641             if ( m_selection )
4642                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4643             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4644             if (attrProvider)
4645                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4646
4647             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4648             {
4649                 CalcDimensions();
4650                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4651             }
4652         }
4653         result = true;
4654         break;
4655
4656         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4657         {
4658             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4659             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4660             m_numRows += numRows;
4661
4662             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4663             {
4664                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4665                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4666
4667                 int bottom = 0;
4668                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4669                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4670
4671                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4672                 {
4673                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4674                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4675                 }
4676             }
4677
4678             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4679             {
4680                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4681                 // cell will be undefined...
4682                 //
4683                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4684             }
4685
4686             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4687             {
4688                 CalcDimensions();
4689                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4690             }
4691         }
4692         result = true;
4693         break;
4694
4695         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4696         {
4697             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4698             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4699             m_numRows -= numRows;
4700
4701             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4702             {
4703                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4704                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4705
4706                 int h = 0;
4707                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4708                 {
4709                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4710                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4711                 }
4712             }
4713
4714             if ( !m_numRows )
4715             {
4716                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4717             }
4718             else
4719             {
4720                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4721                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4722             }
4723
4724             if ( m_selection )
4725                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4726             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4727             if (attrProvider)
4728             {
4729                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4730
4731 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4732 #if 0
4733                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4734                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4735                 // all column attributes.
4736                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4737                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4738                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4739                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4740 #endif
4741             }
4742
4743             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4744             {
4745                 CalcDimensions();
4746                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4747             }
4748         }
4749         result = true;
4750         break;
4751
4752         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4753         {
4754             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4755             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4756             m_numCols += numCols;
4757
4758             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4759             {
4760                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4761                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4762
4763                 int right = 0;
4764                 if ( pos > 0 )
4765                     right = m_colRights[pos - 1];
4766
4767                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4768                 {
4769                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4770                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4771                 }
4772             }
4773
4774             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4775             {
4776                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4777                 // cell will be undefined...
4778                 //
4779                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4780             }
4781
4782             if ( m_selection )
4783                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4784             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4785             if (attrProvider)
4786                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4787             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4788             {
4789                 CalcDimensions();
4790                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4791             }
4792         }
4793         result = true;
4794         break;
4795
4796         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4797         {
4798             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4799             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4800             m_numCols += numCols;
4801             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4802             {
4803                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4804                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4805
4806                 int right = 0;
4807                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4808                     right = m_colRights[oldNumCols - 1];
4809
4810                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4811                 {
4812                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4813                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4814                 }
4815             }
4816
4817             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4818             {
4819                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4820                 // cell will be undefined...
4821                 //
4822                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4823             }
4824             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4825             {
4826                 CalcDimensions();
4827                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4828             }
4829         }
4830         result = true;
4831         break;
4832
4833         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4834         {
4835             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4836             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4837             m_numCols -= numCols;
4838
4839             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4840             {
4841                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4842                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4843
4844                 int w = 0;
4845                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4846                 {
4847                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4848                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4849                 }
4850             }
4851
4852             if ( !m_numCols )
4853             {
4854                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4855             }
4856             else
4857             {
4858                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4859                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4860             }
4861
4862             if ( m_selection )
4863                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4864             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4865             if (attrProvider)
4866             {
4867                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4868
4869 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4870 #if 0
4871                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4872                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4873                 // all row attributes.
4874                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4875                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4876                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4877                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4878 #endif
4879             }
4880
4881             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4882             {
4883                 CalcDimensions();
4884                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4885             }
4886         }
4887         result = true;
4888         break;
4889     }
4890
4891     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4892         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4893
4894     return result;
4895 }
4896
4897 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4898 {
4899     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4900     wxRect r;
4901
4902     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4903
4904     int top, bottom;
4905     while ( iter )
4906     {
4907         r = iter.GetRect();
4908
4909         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4910         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4911         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4912         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4913         //
4914 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4915         int cw, ch;
4916         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4917         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
4918             r.SetTop( 0 );
4919         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4920 #endif
4921
4922         // logical bounds of update region
4923         //
4924         int dummy;
4925         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4926         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4927
4928         // find the row labels within these bounds
4929         //
4930         int row;
4931         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
4932         {
4933             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4934                 continue;
4935
4936             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4937                 break;
4938
4939             rowlabels.Add( row );
4940         }
4941
4942         ++iter;
4943     }
4944
4945     return rowlabels;
4946 }
4947
4948 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4949 {
4950     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4951     wxRect r;
4952
4953     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4954
4955     int left, right;
4956     while ( iter )
4957     {
4958         r = iter.GetRect();
4959
4960         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4961         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4962         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4963         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4964         //
4965 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4966         int cw, ch;
4967         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4968         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
4969             r.SetLeft( 0 );
4970         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4971 #endif
4972
4973         // logical bounds of update region
4974         //
4975         int dummy;
4976         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4977         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4978
4979         // find the cells within these bounds
4980         //
4981         int col;
4982         for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
4983         {
4984             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4985                 continue;
4986
4987             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4988                 break;
4989
4990             colLabels.Add( col );
4991         }
4992
4993         ++iter;
4994     }
4995
4996     return colLabels;
4997 }
4998
4999 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
5000 {
5001     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5002     wxRect r;
5003
5004     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5005
5006     int left, top, right, bottom;
5007     while ( iter )
5008     {
5009         r = iter.GetRect();
5010
5011         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5012         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5013         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5014         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5015         //
5016 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5017         int cw, ch;
5018         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5019         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5020         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5021         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5022         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5023 #endif
5024
5025         // logical bounds of update region
5026         //
5027         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5028         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5029
5030         // find the cells within these bounds
5031         //
5032         int row, col;
5033         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5034         {
5035             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5036                 continue;
5037
5038             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5039                 break;
5040
5041             for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
5042             {
5043                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5044                     continue;
5045
5046                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5047                     break;
5048
5049                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5050             }
5051         }
5052
5053         ++iter;
5054     }
5055
5056     return cellsExposed;
5057 }
5058
5059
5060 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5061 {
5062     int x, y, row;
5063     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5064     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5065
5066     if ( event.Dragging() )
5067     {
5068         if (!m_isDragging)
5069         {
5070             m_isDragging = true;
5071             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5072         }
5073
5074         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5075         {
5076             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5077             {
5078                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5079                 {
5080                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5081                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5082                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5083
5084                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5085                     PrepareDC( dc );
5086                     y = wxMax( y,
5087                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5088                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5089                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5090                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5091                     {
5092                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5093                     }
5094                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5095                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5096                 }
5097                 break;
5098
5099                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5100                 {
5101                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5102                     {
5103                         if ( m_selection )
5104                         {
5105                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5106                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5107                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5108                                                     event.AltDown(),
5109                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5110                         }
5111                     }
5112                 }
5113                 break;
5114
5115                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5116                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5117                 default:
5118                     break;
5119             }
5120         }
5121         return;
5122     }
5123
5124     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5125         return;
5126
5127     if (m_isDragging)
5128     {
5129         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5130             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5131         m_isDragging = false;
5132     }
5133
5134     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5135     //
5136     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5137     {
5138         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5139     }
5140
5141     // ------------ Left button pressed
5142     //
5143     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5144     {
5145         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5146         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5147         // wanting to resize the row
5148         //
5149         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5150         {
5151             row = YToRow(y);
5152             if ( row >= 0 &&
5153                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5154             {
5155                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5156                     ClearSelection();
5157                 if ( m_selection )
5158                 {
5159                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5160                     {
5161                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5162                                                   0,
5163                                                   row,
5164                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5165                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5166                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5167                                                   event.AltDown(),
5168                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5169                     }
5170                     else
5171                     {
5172                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5173                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5174                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5175                                                 event.AltDown(),
5176                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5177                     }
5178                 }
5179
5180                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5181             }
5182         }
5183         else
5184         {
5185             // starting to drag-resize a row
5186             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5187                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5188         }
5189     }
5190
5191     // ------------ Left double click
5192     //
5193     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5194     {
5195         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5196         if ( row < 0 )
5197         {
5198             row = YToRow(y);
5199             if ( row >=0 &&
5200                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5201             {
5202                 // no default action at the moment
5203             }
5204         }
5205         else
5206         {
5207             // adjust row height depending on label text
5208             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5209
5210             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5211             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5212         }
5213     }
5214
5215     // ------------ Left button released
5216     //
5217     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5218     {
5219         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5220         {
5221             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5222
5223             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5224             // default processing in this case
5225             //
5226             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5227         }
5228
5229         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5230         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5231     }
5232
5233     // ------------ Right button down
5234     //
5235     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5236     {
5237         row = YToRow(y);
5238         if ( row >=0 &&
5239              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5240         {
5241             // no default action at the moment
5242         }
5243     }
5244
5245     // ------------ Right double click
5246     //
5247     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5248     {
5249         row = YToRow(y);
5250         if ( row >= 0 &&
5251              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5252         {
5253             // no default action at the moment
5254         }
5255     }
5256
5257     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5258     //
5259     else if ( event.Moving() )
5260     {
5261         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5262         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5263         {
5264             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5265             {
5266                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5267                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5268                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5269             }
5270         }
5271         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5272         {
5273             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5274         }
5275     }
5276 }
5277
5278 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5279 {
5280     int x, y, col;
5281     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5282     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5283
5284     if ( event.Dragging() )
5285     {
5286         if (!m_isDragging)
5287         {
5288             m_isDragging = true;
5289             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5290         }
5291
5292         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5293         {
5294             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5295             {
5296                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5297                 {
5298                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5299                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5300                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5301
5302                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5303                     PrepareDC( dc );
5304
5305                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5306                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5307                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5308                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5309                     {
5310                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5311                     }
5312                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5313                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5314                 }
5315                 break;
5316
5317                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5318                 {
5319                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5320                     {
5321                         if ( m_selection )
5322                         {
5323                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5324                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5325                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5326                                                     event.AltDown(),
5327                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5328                         }
5329                     }
5330                 }
5331                 break;
5332
5333                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5334                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5335                 default:
5336                     break;
5337             }
5338         }
5339         return;
5340     }
5341
5342     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5343         return;
5344
5345     if (m_isDragging)
5346     {
5347         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5348             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5349         m_isDragging = false;
5350     }
5351
5352     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5353     //
5354     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5355     {
5356         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5357     }
5358
5359     // ------------ Left button pressed
5360     //
5361     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5362     {
5363         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5364         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5365         // wanting to resize the col
5366         //
5367         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5368         {
5369             col = XToCol(x);
5370             if ( col >= 0 &&
5371                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5372             {
5373                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5374                     ClearSelection();
5375                 if ( m_selection )
5376                 {
5377                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5378                     {
5379                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5380                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5381                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5382                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5383                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5384                                                   event.AltDown(),
5385                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5386                     }
5387                     else
5388                     {
5389                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5390                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5391                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5392                                                 event.AltDown(),
5393                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5394                     }
5395                 }
5396
5397                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5398             }
5399         }
5400         else
5401         {
5402             // starting to drag-resize a col
5403             //
5404             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5405                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5406         }
5407     }
5408
5409     // ------------ Left double click
5410     //
5411     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5412     {
5413         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5414         if ( col < 0 )
5415         {
5416             col = XToCol(x);
5417             if ( col >= 0 &&
5418                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5419             {
5420                 // no default action at the moment
5421             }
5422         }
5423         else
5424         {
5425             // adjust column width depending on label text
5426             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5427
5428             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5429             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5430         }
5431     }
5432
5433     // ------------ Left button released
5434     //
5435     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5436     {
5437         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5438         {
5439             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5440
5441             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5442             // default processing in this case
5443             //
5444             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5445         }
5446
5447         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5448         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5449     }
5450
5451     // ------------ Right button down
5452     //
5453     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5454     {
5455         col = XToCol(x);
5456         if ( col >= 0 &&
5457              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5458         {
5459             // no default action at the moment
5460         }
5461     }
5462
5463     // ------------ Right double click
5464     //
5465     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5466     {
5467         col = XToCol(x);
5468         if ( col >= 0 &&
5469              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5470         {
5471             // no default action at the moment
5472         }
5473     }
5474
5475     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5476     //
5477     else if ( event.Moving() )
5478     {
5479         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5480         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5481         {
5482             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5483             {
5484                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5485                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5486                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5487             }
5488         }
5489         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5490         {
5491             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5492         }
5493     }
5494 }
5495
5496 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5497 {
5498     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5499     {
5500         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5501         // col args == -1
5502         //
5503         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5504         {
5505             SelectAll();
5506         }
5507     }
5508     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5509     {
5510         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5511     }
5512     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5513     {
5514         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5515         {
5516             // no default action at the moment
5517         }
5518     }
5519     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5520     {
5521         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5522         {
5523             // no default action at the moment
5524         }
5525     }
5526 }
5527
5528 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5529                               wxWindow *win,
5530                               bool captureMouse)
5531 {
5532 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5533     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5534     {
5535         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5536         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5537         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5538         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5539         _T("SELECT_COL")
5540     };
5541
5542     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5543                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5544                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5545                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5546                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5547                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5548 #endif
5549
5550     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5551          win == m_winCapture &&
5552          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5553         return;
5554
5555     if ( !win )
5556     {
5557         // by default use the grid itself
5558         win = m_gridWin;
5559     }
5560
5561     if ( m_winCapture )
5562     {
5563         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5564             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5565         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5566     }
5567
5568     m_cursorMode = mode;
5569
5570     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5571     {
5572         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5573             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5574             break;
5575
5576         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5577             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5578             break;
5579
5580         default:
5581             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5582             break;
5583     }
5584
5585     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5586     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5587                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5588
5589     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5590     {
5591         win->CaptureMouse();
5592         m_winCapture = win;
5593     }
5594 }
5595
5596 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5597 {
5598     int x, y;
5599     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5600     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5601
5602     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5603     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5604
5605     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5606     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5607     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5608     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5609     {
5610         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5611         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5612     }
5613
5614     if ( event.Dragging() )
5615     {
5616         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5617
5618         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5619         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5620         if (! m_isDragging)
5621         {
5622             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5623             {
5624                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5625                 return;
5626             }
5627             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5628                 return;
5629         }
5630
5631         m_isDragging = true;
5632         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5633         {
5634             // Hide the edit control, so it
5635             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5636             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5637             {
5638                 HideCellEditControl();
5639                 SaveEditControlValue();
5640             }
5641
5642             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5643             if (! m_winCapture)
5644             {
5645                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5646                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5647             }
5648
5649             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5650             {
5651                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5652                 {
5653                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5654                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5655                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5656                 }
5657                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5658                 {
5659                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5660                     {
5661                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5662                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5663
5664                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5665                                    coords.GetRow(),
5666                                    coords.GetCol(),
5667                                    event );
5668                     }
5669                 }
5670                 else
5671                 {
5672                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5673                     {
5674                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5675                     }
5676                     else
5677                     {
5678                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5679                     }
5680                 }
5681
5682                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5683                 {
5684                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5685                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5686                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5687                 }
5688             }
5689         }
5690         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5691         {
5692             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5693             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5694             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5695
5696             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5697             PrepareDC( dc );
5698             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5699                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5700             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5701             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5702             {
5703                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5704             }
5705             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5706             m_dragLastPos = y;
5707         }
5708         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5709         {
5710             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5711             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5712             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5713
5714             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5715             PrepareDC( dc );
5716             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5717                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5718             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5719             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5720             {
5721                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5722             }
5723             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5724             m_dragLastPos = x;
5725         }
5726
5727         return;
5728     }
5729
5730     m_isDragging = false;
5731     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5732
5733     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5734     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5735     //     wxGTK
5736 #if 0
5737     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5738     {
5739         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5740         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5741     }
5742     else
5743 #endif // 0
5744
5745     // ------------ Left button pressed
5746     //
5747     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5748     {
5749         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5750                        coords.GetRow(),
5751                        coords.GetCol(),
5752                        event ) )
5753         {
5754             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5755                 ClearSelection();
5756             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5757             {
5758                 if ( m_selection )
5759                 {
5760                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5761                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5762                                               coords.GetRow(),
5763                                               coords.GetCol(),
5764                                               event.ControlDown(),
5765                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5766                                               event.AltDown(),
5767                                               event.MetaDown() );
5768                 }
5769             }
5770             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5771                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5772             {
5773                 DisableCellEditControl();
5774                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5775
5776                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5777                 {
5778                     if ( m_selection )
5779                     {
5780                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5781                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5782                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5783                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5784                                                           event.AltDown(),
5785                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5786                     }
5787                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5788                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5789                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5790                 }
5791                 else
5792                 {
5793                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5794                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5795                     if ( m_selection )
5796                     {
5797                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5798                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5799                         {
5800                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5801                         }
5802                     }
5803                 }
5804             }
5805         }
5806     }
5807
5808     // ------------ Left double click
5809     //
5810     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5811     {
5812         DisableCellEditControl();
5813
5814         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5815         {
5816             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5817                              coords.GetRow(),
5818                              coords.GetCol(),
5819                              event ) )
5820             {
5821                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5822                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5823                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5824             }
5825         }
5826     }
5827
5828     // ------------ Left button released
5829     //
5830     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5831     {
5832         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5833         {
5834             if (m_winCapture)
5835             {
5836                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5837                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5838                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5839             }
5840
5841             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
5842             {
5843                 ClearSelection();
5844                 EnableCellEditControl();
5845
5846                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5847                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5848                 editor->StartingClick();
5849                 editor->DecRef();
5850                 attr->DecRef();
5851
5852                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5853             }
5854             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5855                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5856             {
5857                 if ( m_selection )
5858                 {
5859                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5860                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5861                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5862                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5863                                               event.ControlDown(),
5864                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5865                                               event.AltDown(),
5866                                               event.MetaDown() );
5867                 }
5868
5869                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5870                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5871
5872                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5873                 // drag-shrinking.
5874                 ShowCellEditControl();
5875             }
5876         }
5877         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5878         {
5879             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5880             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5881
5882             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5883             // default processing in this case
5884             //
5885             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5886         }
5887         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5888         {
5889             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5890             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5891
5892             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5893             // default processing in this case
5894             //
5895             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5896         }
5897
5898         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5899     }
5900
5901     // ------------ Right button down
5902     //
5903     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5904     {
5905         DisableCellEditControl();
5906         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5907                          coords.GetRow(),
5908                          coords.GetCol(),
5909                          event ) )
5910         {
5911             // no default action at the moment
5912         }
5913     }
5914
5915     // ------------ Right double click
5916     //
5917     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5918     {
5919         DisableCellEditControl();
5920         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5921                          coords.GetRow(),
5922                          coords.GetCol(),
5923                          event ) )
5924         {
5925             // no default action at the moment
5926         }
5927     }
5928
5929     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5930     //
5931     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5932     {
5933         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5934         {
5935             // out of grid cell area
5936             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5937             return;
5938         }
5939
5940         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5941         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5942
5943         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5944         // directions is not implemented yet...
5945         //
5946         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
5947         {
5948             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5949             return;
5950         }
5951
5952         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5953         {
5954             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5955
5956             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5957             {
5958                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5959                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5960             }
5961         }
5962         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5963         {
5964             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5965
5966             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5967             {
5968                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5969                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5970             }
5971         }
5972         else // Neither on a row or col edge
5973         {
5974             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5975             {
5976                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5977             }
5978         }
5979     }
5980 }
5981
5982 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5983 {
5984     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5985     {
5986         // erase the last line and resize the row
5987         //
5988         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5989         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5990         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5991
5992         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5993         PrepareDC( dc );
5994         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5995         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
5996         HideCellEditControl();
5997         SaveEditControlValue();
5998
5999         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6000         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6001                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6002
6003         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6004         {
6005             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6006             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6007             rect.x = 0;
6008             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6009             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6010             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6011             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6012             rect.width = cw;
6013
6014             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6015             if (m_table)
6016             {
6017                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6018                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6019                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6020                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6021                 {
6022                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6023                     {
6024                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6025                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6026                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6027                     }
6028                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6029                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6030                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6031                 }
6032             }
6033             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6034         }
6035
6036         ShowCellEditControl();
6037     }
6038 }
6039
6040
6041 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6042 {
6043     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6044     {
6045         // erase the last line and resize the col
6046         //
6047         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6048         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6049         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6050
6051         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6052         PrepareDC( dc );
6053         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6054         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6055         HideCellEditControl();
6056         SaveEditControlValue();
6057
6058         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6059         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6060                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6061                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6062
6063         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6064         {
6065             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6066             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6067             rect.y = 0;
6068             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6069             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6070             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6071             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6072             rect.height = ch;
6073
6074             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6075             if (m_table)
6076             {
6077                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6078                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6079                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6080                 if (topRow >= 0)
6081                 {
6082                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6083                     {
6084                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6085                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6086                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6087                     }
6088
6089                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6090                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6091                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6092                 }
6093             }
6094
6095             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6096         }
6097
6098         ShowCellEditControl();
6099     }
6100 }
6101
6102 //
6103 // ------ interaction with data model
6104 //
6105 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6106 {
6107     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6108     {
6109         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6110             return GetModelValues();
6111
6112         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6113             return SetModelValues();
6114
6115         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6116         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6117         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6118         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6119         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6120         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6121             return Redimension( msg );
6122
6123         default:
6124             return false;
6125     }
6126 }
6127
6128 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6129 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6130 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6131 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6132 //
6133 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6134 {
6135     if ( m_table )
6136     {
6137         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6138             DisableCellEditControl();
6139
6140         m_table->Clear();
6141         if (!GetBatchCount())
6142             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6143     }
6144 }
6145
6146 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6147 {
6148     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6149
6150     if ( !m_created )
6151     {
6152         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6153         return false;
6154     }
6155
6156     if ( m_table )
6157     {
6158         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6159             DisableCellEditControl();
6160
6161         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6162         return done;
6163
6164         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6165         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6166     }
6167
6168     return false;
6169 }
6170
6171 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6172 {
6173     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6174
6175     if ( !m_created )
6176     {
6177         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6178         return false;
6179     }
6180
6181     if ( m_table )
6182     {
6183         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6184         return done;
6185
6186         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6187         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6188     }
6189
6190     return false;
6191 }
6192
6193 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6194 {
6195     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6196
6197     if ( !m_created )
6198     {
6199         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6200         return false;
6201     }
6202
6203     if ( m_table )
6204     {
6205         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6206             DisableCellEditControl();
6207
6208         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6209         return done;
6210         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6211         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6212     }
6213
6214     return false;
6215 }
6216
6217 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6218 {
6219     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6220
6221     if ( !m_created )
6222     {
6223         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6224         return false;
6225     }
6226
6227     if ( m_table )
6228     {
6229         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6230             DisableCellEditControl();
6231
6232         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6233         return done;
6234         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6235         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6236     }
6237
6238     return false;
6239 }
6240
6241 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6242 {
6243     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6244
6245     if ( !m_created )
6246     {
6247         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6248         return false;
6249     }
6250
6251     if ( m_table )
6252     {
6253         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6254         return done;
6255         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6256         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6257     }
6258
6259     return false;
6260 }
6261
6262 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6263 {
6264     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6265
6266     if ( !m_created )
6267     {
6268         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6269         return false;
6270     }
6271
6272     if ( m_table )
6273     {
6274         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6275             DisableCellEditControl();
6276
6277         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6278         return done;
6279         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6280         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6281     }
6282
6283     return false;
6284 }
6285
6286 //
6287 // ----- event handlers
6288 //
6289
6290 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6291 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6292 //
6293 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6294                         int row, int col,
6295                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6296 {
6297    bool claimed, vetoed;
6298
6299    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6300    {
6301        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6302
6303        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6304                type,
6305                this,
6306                rowOrCol,
6307                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6308                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6309                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6310                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6311                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6312                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6313
6314        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6315        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6316    }
6317    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6318    {
6319        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6320        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6321                type,
6322                this,
6323                m_selectingTopLeft,
6324                m_selectingBottomRight,
6325                true,
6326                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6327                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6328                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6329                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6330
6331        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6332        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6333    }
6334    else
6335    {
6336        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6337                type,
6338                this,
6339                row, col,
6340                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6341                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6342                false,
6343                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6344                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6345                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6346                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6347        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6348        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6349    }
6350
6351    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6352    if (vetoed)
6353        return -1;
6354
6355    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6356 }
6357
6358 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6359 // of ProcessEvent().
6360 //
6361 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6362                         int row, int col )
6363 {
6364    bool claimed, vetoed;
6365
6366     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6367     {
6368         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6369
6370         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6371
6372         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6373         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6374     }
6375     else
6376     {
6377         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6378
6379         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6380         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6381      }
6382
6383     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6384     if (vetoed)
6385         return -1;
6386
6387     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6388 }
6389
6390 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6391 {
6392     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6393     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6394 }
6395
6396 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6397 {
6398     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6399     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6400     if (! GetBatchCount())
6401     {
6402         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6403         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6404
6405         if (rect)
6406         {
6407             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6408             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6409             int x, y;
6410
6411             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6412             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6413             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6414             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6415             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6416
6417             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6418             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6419                 width_label = rectWidth;
6420
6421             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6422             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6423                 height_label = rectHeight;
6424
6425             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6426             {
6427                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6428                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6429             }
6430             else
6431             {
6432                 x = 0;
6433                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6434             }
6435
6436             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6437             {
6438                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6439                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6440             }
6441             else
6442             {
6443                 y = 0;
6444                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6445             }
6446
6447             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6448             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6449             {
6450                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6451                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6452             }
6453
6454             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6455             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6456             {
6457                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6458                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6459             }
6460
6461             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6462             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6463             {
6464                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6465                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6466             }
6467
6468             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6469             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6470             {
6471                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6472                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6473             }
6474         }
6475         else
6476         {
6477             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6478             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6479             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6480             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6481         }
6482     }
6483 }
6484
6485 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6486 {
6487     // position the child windows
6488     CalcWindowSizes();
6489
6490     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6491     // changes itself
6492     event.Skip();
6493 }
6494
6495 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6496 {
6497     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6498     {
6499         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6500         //
6501         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6502     }
6503
6504     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6505
6506     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6507     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6508     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6509     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6510
6511     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6512     {
6513         // try local handlers
6514         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6515         {
6516             case WXK_UP:
6517                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6518                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6519                 else
6520                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6521                 break;
6522
6523             case WXK_DOWN:
6524                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6525                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6526                 else
6527                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6528                 break;
6529
6530             case WXK_LEFT:
6531                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6532                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6533                 else
6534                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6535                 break;
6536
6537             case WXK_RIGHT:
6538                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6539                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6540                 else
6541                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6542                 break;
6543
6544             case WXK_RETURN:
6545             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6546                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6547                 {
6548                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6549                 }
6550                 else
6551                 {
6552                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6553                     {
6554                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6555                     }
6556                     else
6557                     {
6558                         // at the bottom of a column
6559                         DisableCellEditControl();
6560                     }
6561                 }
6562                 break;
6563
6564             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6565                 ClearSelection();
6566                 break;
6567
6568             case WXK_TAB:
6569                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6570                 {
6571                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6572                     {
6573                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6574                     }
6575                     else
6576                     {
6577                         // at left of grid
6578                         DisableCellEditControl();
6579                     }
6580                 }
6581                 else
6582                 {
6583                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6584                     {
6585                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6586                     }
6587                     else
6588                     {
6589                         // at right of grid
6590                         DisableCellEditControl();
6591                     }
6592                 }
6593                 break;
6594
6595             case WXK_HOME:
6596                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6597                 {
6598                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6599                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6600                 }
6601                 else
6602                 {
6603                     event.Skip();
6604                 }
6605                 break;
6606
6607             case WXK_END:
6608                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6609                 {
6610                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6611                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6612                 }
6613                 else
6614                 {
6615                     event.Skip();
6616                 }
6617                 break;
6618
6619             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6620                 MovePageUp();
6621                 break;
6622
6623             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6624                 MovePageDown();
6625                 break;
6626
6627             case WXK_SPACE:
6628                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6629                 {
6630                     if ( m_selection )
6631                     {
6632                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6633                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6634                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6635                             event.ControlDown(),
6636                             event.ShiftDown(),
6637                             event.AltDown(),
6638                             event.MetaDown() );
6639                     }
6640                     break;
6641                 }
6642
6643                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6644                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6645                 else
6646                     event.Skip();
6647                 break;
6648
6649             default:
6650                 event.Skip();
6651                 break;
6652         }
6653     }
6654
6655     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6656 }
6657
6658 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6659 {
6660     // try local handlers
6661     //
6662     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6663     {
6664         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6665              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6666         {
6667             if ( m_selection )
6668             {
6669                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6670                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6671                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6672                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6673                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6674                     event.ControlDown(),
6675                     true,
6676                     event.AltDown(),
6677                     event.MetaDown() );
6678             }
6679         }
6680
6681         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6682         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6683         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6684     }
6685 }
6686
6687 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6688 {
6689     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6690     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6691     {
6692         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6693         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6694         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6695         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6696         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6697
6698         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6699         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6700         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6701              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6702         {
6703             // ensure cell is visble
6704             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6705             EnableCellEditControl();
6706
6707             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6708             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6709             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6710             // crash the app
6711             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6712                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6713         }
6714         else
6715         {
6716             event.Skip();
6717         }
6718
6719         editor->DecRef();
6720         attr->DecRef();
6721     }
6722     else
6723     {
6724         event.Skip();
6725     }
6726 }
6727
6728 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6729 {
6730 }
6731
6732 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6733 {
6734     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6735     {
6736         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6737         return;
6738     }
6739
6740     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6741     PrepareDC( dc );
6742
6743     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6744     {
6745         DisableCellEditControl();
6746
6747         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6748         {
6749             wxRect r;
6750             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
6751             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6752             {
6753                 r.x--;
6754                 r.y--;
6755                 r.width++;
6756                 r.height++;
6757             }
6758
6759             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6760
6761             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6762             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6763
6764             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
6765             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6766         }
6767     }
6768
6769     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6770
6771     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
6772     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
6773     attr->DecRef();
6774 }
6775
6776 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6777 {
6778     int temp;
6779     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6780
6781     if ( m_selection )
6782     {
6783         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6784         {
6785             leftCol = 0;
6786             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6787         }
6788         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6789         {
6790             topRow = 0;
6791             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6792         }
6793     }
6794
6795     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6796     {
6797         temp = topRow;
6798         topRow = bottomRow;
6799         bottomRow = temp;
6800     }
6801
6802     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6803     {
6804         temp = leftCol;
6805         leftCol = rightCol;
6806         rightCol = temp;
6807     }
6808
6809     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6810     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6811
6812     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6813     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6814          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6815     {
6816         wxRect rect;
6817         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6818                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6819         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6820     }
6821
6822     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6823     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6824               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6825     {
6826         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6827         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6828         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6829         wxRect  rect[4];
6830         bool    need_refresh[4];
6831         need_refresh[0] =
6832         need_refresh[1] =
6833         need_refresh[2] =
6834         need_refresh[3] = false;
6835         int     i;
6836
6837         // Store intermediate values
6838         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6839         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6840         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6841         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6842
6843         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6844         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6845         {
6846             temp = oldLeft;
6847             oldLeft = leftCol;
6848             leftCol = temp;
6849         }
6850         if (oldTop > topRow )
6851         {
6852             temp = oldTop;
6853             oldTop = topRow;
6854             topRow = temp;
6855         }
6856         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6857         {
6858             temp = oldRight;
6859             oldRight = rightCol;
6860             rightCol = temp;
6861         }
6862         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6863         {
6864             temp = oldBottom;
6865             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6866             bottomRow = temp;
6867         }
6868
6869         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6870         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6871         // is contained in the other.
6872
6873         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6874         {
6875             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6876             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6877             need_refresh[0] = true;
6878             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6879                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
6880                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
6881         }
6882
6883         if ( oldTop < topRow )
6884         {
6885             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6886             // area above the old or new selection.
6887             need_refresh[1] = true;
6888             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6889                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
6890                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
6891         }
6892
6893         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6894         {
6895             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6896             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6897             need_refresh[2] = true;
6898             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6899                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
6900                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
6901         }
6902
6903         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6904         {
6905             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6906             // area below the old or new selection.
6907             need_refresh[3] = true;
6908             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6909                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
6910                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
6911         }
6912
6913         // various Refresh() calls
6914         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6915             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6916                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6917     }
6918
6919     // change selection
6920     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6921     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6922 }
6923
6924 //
6925 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6926 //
6927
6928 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6929 {
6930     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6931     HideCellEditControl();
6932
6933     if ( m_table )
6934     {
6935         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6936         //
6937         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6938         return true;
6939     }
6940
6941     return false;
6942 }
6943
6944 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6945 {
6946     int row, col;
6947
6948     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6949     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6950     // I think so ...
6951     DisableCellEditControl();
6952
6953     if ( m_table )
6954     {
6955         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
6956         {
6957             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
6958             {
6959                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6960             }
6961         }
6962
6963         return true;
6964     }
6965
6966     return false;
6967 }
6968
6969 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6970 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6971 // CalcExposedCells)
6972 //
6973 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6974 {
6975     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
6976         return;
6977
6978     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6979     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6980     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6981
6982     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6983     {
6984         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6985         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6986         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6987
6988         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6989         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6990         {
6991             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
6992             bool marked = false;
6993             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
6994             {
6995                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6996                 {
6997                     marked = true;
6998                     break;
6999                 }
7000             }
7001
7002             if (!marked)
7003             {
7004                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7005                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7006                 {
7007                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7008                     {
7009                         marked = true;
7010                         break;
7011                     }
7012                 }
7013
7014                 if (!marked)
7015                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7016             }
7017
7018             // don't bother drawing this cell
7019             continue;
7020         }
7021
7022         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7023         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7024         {
7025             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7026             {
7027                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7028                 int left = col;
7029                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7030                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7031                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7032                     {
7033                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7034                     }
7035
7036                 if (left == col)
7037                     left = 0; // oh well
7038
7039                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7040                 {
7041                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7042                     {
7043                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7044                         {
7045                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7046                             bool marked = false;
7047
7048                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7049                             {
7050                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7051                                 {
7052                                     marked = true;
7053                                     break;
7054                                 }
7055                             }
7056
7057                             if (!marked)
7058                             {
7059                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7060                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7061                                 {
7062                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7063                                     {
7064                                         marked = true;
7065                                         break;
7066                                     }
7067                                 }
7068                                 if (!marked)
7069                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7070                             }
7071                         }
7072                         break;
7073                     }
7074                 }
7075             }
7076         }
7077
7078         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7079     }
7080
7081     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7082
7083     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7084     {
7085         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7086     }
7087 }
7088
7089 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7090 {
7091   int cw, ch;
7092   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7093
7094   int right, bottom;
7095   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7096
7097   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
7098   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7099
7100   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7101   {
7102       int left, top;
7103       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7104
7105       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7106       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7107
7108       if ( right > rightCol )
7109       {
7110           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7111       }
7112
7113       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7114       {
7115           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7116       }
7117   }
7118 }
7119
7120 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7121 {
7122     int row = coords.GetRow();
7123     int col = coords.GetCol();
7124
7125     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7126         return;
7127
7128     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7129 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7130     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7131         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7132 #endif
7133
7134     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7135
7136     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7137
7138     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7139
7140     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7141     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7142     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7143     {
7144         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7145         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7146         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7147         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7148 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7149         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7150         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7151         editor->DecRef();
7152 #endif
7153     }
7154     else
7155     {
7156         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7157         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7158         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7159         renderer->DecRef();
7160     }
7161
7162     attr->DecRef();
7163 }
7164
7165 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7166 {
7167     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7168     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7169
7170     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7171         return;
7172
7173     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7174
7175     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7176     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7177     // it doesn't look really good
7178
7179     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7180
7181     if (penWidth > 0)
7182     {
7183         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7184         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7185         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7186         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7187         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7188         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7189         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7190         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7191         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7192
7193         // Now draw the rectangle
7194         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7195         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7196         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7197         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7198         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7199     }
7200
7201 #if 0
7202         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7203
7204         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7205         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7206                 y1 = rect.y,
7207                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7208                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7209
7210         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7211         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7212         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7213
7214         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7215         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7216
7217         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7218         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7219         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7220 #endif
7221 }
7222
7223 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7224 {
7225     int row = coords.GetRow();
7226     int col = coords.GetCol();
7227     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7228         return;
7229
7230     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7231
7232     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7233
7234     // right hand border
7235     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7236                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7237
7238     // bottom border
7239     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7240                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7241 }
7242
7243 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7244 {
7245     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7246     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7247     //
7248     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7249          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7250     {
7251         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7252     }
7253
7254     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7255     {
7256         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7257         return;
7258     }
7259
7260     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7261     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7262     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7263     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7264     {
7265         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7266         {
7267             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7268             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7269             attr->DecRef();
7270
7271             break;
7272         }
7273     }
7274 }
7275
7276 // TODO: remove this ???
7277 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7278 // has been changed
7279 //
7280 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7281 {
7282 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7283     return;
7284 #endif
7285
7286     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7287          return;
7288
7289     int top, bottom, left, right;
7290
7291 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7292     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7293     {
7294       int cw, ch;
7295       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7296
7297       // virtual coords of visible area
7298       //
7299       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7300       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7301     }
7302     else
7303     {
7304       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7305       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7306       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7307       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7308     }
7309 #else
7310       int cw, ch;
7311       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7312       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7313       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7314 #endif
7315
7316     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7317     //
7318     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7319     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7320
7321     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7322     int leftCol = internalXToCol(left);
7323     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7324     int rightCol = internalXToCol(right);
7325     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7326
7327 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7328     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7329     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7330
7331     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7332     wxRect rect;
7333
7334     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7335     {
7336         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7337         {
7338             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7339             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7340             {
7341                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7342                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7343                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7344             }
7345             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7346             {
7347                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7348                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7349                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7350             }
7351         }
7352     }
7353 #else
7354     wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top );
7355
7356     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7357     wxRect rect;
7358
7359     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7360     {
7361         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7362         {
7363             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7364             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7365             {
7366                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7367                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7368             }
7369             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7370             {
7371                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7372                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7373             }
7374         }
7375     }
7376 #endif
7377
7378     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7379
7380     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7381
7382     // horizontal grid lines
7383     //
7384     // already declared above - int i;
7385     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7386     {
7387         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7388
7389         if ( bot > bottom )
7390         {
7391             break;
7392         }
7393
7394         if ( bot >= top )
7395         {
7396             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7397         }
7398     }
7399
7400     // vertical grid lines
7401     //
7402     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7403     {
7404         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7405         if ( colRight > right )
7406         {
7407             break;
7408         }
7409
7410         if ( colRight >= left )
7411         {
7412             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7413         }
7414     }
7415
7416     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7417 }
7418
7419 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7420 {
7421     if ( !m_numRows )
7422         return;
7423
7424     size_t i;
7425     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7426
7427     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7428     {
7429         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7430     }
7431 }
7432
7433 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7434 {
7435     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7436         return;
7437
7438     wxRect rect;
7439
7440 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7441     rect.SetX( 1 );
7442     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7443     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7444     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7445
7446     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7447
7448     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7449
7450     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7451 #else
7452     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7453         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7454
7455     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7456     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7457     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7458     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7459
7460     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7461     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7462     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7463 #endif
7464
7465     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7466     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7467     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7468
7469     int hAlign, vAlign;
7470     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7471
7472     rect.SetX( 2 );
7473     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7474     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7475     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7476     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7477 }
7478
7479 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7480 {
7481     if ( !m_numCols )
7482         return;
7483
7484     size_t i;
7485     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7486
7487     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7488     {
7489         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7490     }
7491 }
7492
7493 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7494 {
7495     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7496         return;
7497
7498     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7499
7500     wxRect rect;
7501
7502 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7503     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7504     rect.SetY( 1 );
7505     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7506     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7507
7508     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7509
7510     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7511 #else
7512     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7513
7514     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7515     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7516     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7517     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7518                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7519
7520     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7521     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7522     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7523 #endif
7524
7525     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7526     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7527     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7528
7529     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7530     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7531     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7532
7533     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7534     rect.SetY( 2 );
7535     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7536     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7537     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7538 }
7539
7540 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7541                                 const wxString& value,
7542                                 const wxRect& rect,
7543                                 int horizAlign,
7544                                 int vertAlign,
7545                                 int textOrientation )
7546 {
7547     wxArrayString lines;
7548
7549     StringToLines( value, lines );
7550
7551     // Forward to new API.
7552     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7553         lines,
7554         rect,
7555         horizAlign,
7556         vertAlign,
7557         textOrientation );
7558 }
7559
7560 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
7561 //     add textOrientation support
7562 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
7563                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7564                                const wxRect& rect,
7565                                int horizAlign,
7566                                int vertAlign,
7567                                int textOrientation)
7568 {
7569     if ( lines.empty() )
7570         return;
7571
7572     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
7573
7574     long textWidth,
7575          textHeight;
7576
7577     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7578         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7579     else
7580         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7581
7582     int x = 0,
7583         y = 0;
7584     switch ( vertAlign )
7585     {
7586         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7587             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7588                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7589             else
7590                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7591             break;
7592
7593         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7594             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7595                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7596             else
7597                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7598             break;
7599
7600         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7601         default:
7602             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7603                 y = rect.y + 1;
7604             else
7605                 x = rect.x + 1;
7606             break;
7607     }
7608
7609     // Align each line of a multi-line label
7610     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
7611     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7612     {
7613         const wxString& line = lines[l];
7614
7615         if ( line.empty() )
7616         {
7617             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
7618             continue;
7619         }
7620
7621         long lineWidth,
7622              lineHeight;
7623         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7624
7625         switch ( horizAlign )
7626         {
7627             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7628                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7629                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7630                 else
7631                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7632                 break;
7633
7634             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7635                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7636                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7637                 else
7638                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7639                 break;
7640
7641             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7642             default:
7643                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7644                     x = rect.x + 1;
7645                 else
7646                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7647                 break;
7648         }
7649
7650         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7651         {
7652             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
7653             y += lineHeight;
7654         }
7655         else
7656         {
7657             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
7658             x += lineHeight;
7659         }
7660     }
7661 }
7662
7663 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
7664 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
7665 //
7666 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7667 {
7668     int startPos = 0;
7669     int pos;
7670     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7671     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7672
7673     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7674     {
7675         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7676         if ( pos < 0 )
7677         {
7678             break;
7679         }
7680         else if ( pos == 0 )
7681         {
7682             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7683         }
7684         else
7685         {
7686             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7687         }
7688
7689         startPos += pos + 1;
7690     }
7691
7692     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7693     {
7694         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7695     }
7696 }
7697
7698 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7699                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7700                              long *width, long *height )
7701 {
7702     long w = 0;
7703     long h = 0;
7704     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7705
7706     size_t i;
7707     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
7708     {
7709         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7710         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7711         h += lineH;
7712     }
7713
7714     *width = w;
7715     *height = h;
7716 }
7717
7718 //
7719 // ------ Batch processing.
7720 //
7721 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7722 {
7723     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7724     {
7725         m_batchCount--;
7726         if ( !m_batchCount )
7727         {
7728             CalcDimensions();
7729             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7730             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7731             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7732             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7733         }
7734     }
7735 }
7736
7737 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7738 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7739 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7740 //
7741 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7742 {
7743     BeginBatch();
7744     EndBatch();
7745 }
7746
7747 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7748 {
7749     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7750         return false;
7751
7752     // redraw in the new state
7753     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7754
7755     return true;
7756 }
7757
7758 //
7759 // ------ Edit control functions
7760 //
7761
7762 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7763 {
7764     // TODO: improve this ?
7765     //
7766     if ( edit != m_editable )
7767     {
7768         if (!edit)
7769             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7770         m_editable = edit;
7771     }
7772 }
7773
7774 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7775 {
7776     if (! m_editable)
7777         return;
7778
7779     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7780     {
7781         if ( enable )
7782         {
7783             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7784                 return;
7785
7786             // this should be checked by the caller!
7787             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7788
7789             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7790             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7791
7792             ShowCellEditControl();
7793         }
7794         else
7795         {
7796             //FIXME:add veto support
7797             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
7798
7799             HideCellEditControl();
7800             SaveEditControlValue();
7801
7802             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7803             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7804         }
7805     }
7806 }
7807
7808 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7809 {
7810     // const_cast
7811     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7812     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7813     attr->DecRef();
7814
7815     return readonly;
7816 }
7817
7818 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7819 {
7820     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7821         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7822 }
7823
7824 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7825 {
7826     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7827     // current one if it's read only
7828     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7829 }
7830
7831 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7832 {
7833     bool isShown = false;
7834
7835     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7836     {
7837         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7838         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7839         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7840         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7841         attr->DecRef();
7842
7843         if ( editor )
7844         {
7845             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7846             {
7847                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7848             }
7849
7850             editor->DecRef();
7851         }
7852     }
7853
7854     return isShown;
7855 }
7856
7857 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7858 {
7859     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7860     {
7861         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7862         {
7863             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7864             return;
7865         }
7866         else
7867         {
7868             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7869             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7870             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7871
7872             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7873             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7874             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7875             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7876             {
7877                 row += cell_rows;
7878                 col += cell_cols;
7879                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7880                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7881             }
7882
7883             // convert to scrolled coords
7884             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7885
7886             int nXMove = 0;
7887             if (rect.x < 0)
7888                 nXMove = rect.x;
7889
7890             // performed in PaintBackground()
7891 #if 0
7892             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7893             // might not cover the entire cell
7894             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7895             PrepareDC( dc );
7896             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7897             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7898             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7899 #endif
7900
7901             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7902             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7903             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7904             // "don't change."
7905             if (rect.x > 0)
7906                 rect.x--;
7907             if (rect.y > 0)
7908                 rect.y--;
7909
7910             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7911             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7912             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7913             {
7914                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7915                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7916
7917                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7918                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7919                                              this,
7920                                              row,
7921                                              col,
7922                                              editor->GetControl());
7923                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7924             }
7925
7926             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7927             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7928             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7929             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7930             {
7931                 int y;
7932                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7933                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
7934                     maxWidth = rect.width;
7935             }
7936
7937             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7938             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
7939                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7940
7941             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7942             {
7943                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7944                 // may have changed earlier
7945                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7946                 {
7947                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7948                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7949
7950                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7951                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
7952                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7953                     {
7954                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
7955                     }
7956                     else
7957                         break;
7958                 }
7959
7960                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7961                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
7962             }
7963
7964             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
7965             editor->SetSize( rect );
7966             if (nXMove != 0)
7967                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
7968                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
7969                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
7970             editor->Show( true, attr );
7971
7972             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7973             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7974             CalcDimensions();
7975
7976             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7977             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7978
7979             editor->DecRef();
7980             attr->DecRef();
7981         }
7982     }
7983 }
7984
7985 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7986 {
7987     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7988     {
7989         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7990         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7991
7992         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7993         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7994         editor->Show( false );
7995         editor->DecRef();
7996         attr->DecRef();
7997
7998         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7999
8000         // refresh whole row to the right
8001         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8002         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8003         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8004
8005 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8006         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8007         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8008 #endif
8009
8010         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8011     }
8012 }
8013
8014 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8015 {
8016     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8017     {
8018         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8019         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8020
8021         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8022
8023         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8024         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8025         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8026
8027         editor->DecRef();
8028         attr->DecRef();
8029
8030         if (changed)
8031         {
8032             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8033                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8034                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8035             {
8036                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8037                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8038             }
8039         }
8040     }
8041 }
8042
8043 //
8044 // ------ Grid location functions
8045 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8046 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8047 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8048 //
8049
8050 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8051 {
8052     int row = YToRow(y);
8053     int col = XToCol(x);
8054
8055     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8056     {
8057         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8058     }
8059     else
8060     {
8061         coords.Set( row, col );
8062     }
8063 }
8064
8065 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8066 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8067 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8068 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8069
8070 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8071                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8072                            bool clipToMinMax)
8073 {
8074     if (coord < 0)
8075         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8076
8077     if (!defaultDist)
8078         defaultDist = 1;
8079
8080     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8081            i_min = 0;
8082
8083     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8084     {
8085         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8086             return i_max;
8087         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8088     }
8089
8090     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8091     {
8092         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8093     }
8094     else
8095     {
8096         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8097         {
8098             i_min = i_max;
8099             if (minDist)
8100                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8101             else
8102                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8103         }
8104
8105         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8106             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8107     }
8108
8109     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8110         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8111     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8112         return 0;
8113
8114     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8115     {
8116         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8117                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8118         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8119             return i_max;
8120         else
8121             i_max--;
8122         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8123         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8124             i_max = median;
8125         else
8126             i_min = median;
8127     }
8128
8129     return i_max;
8130 }
8131
8132 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8133 {
8134     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8135                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8136 }
8137
8138 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8139 {
8140     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8141                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8142 }
8143
8144 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8145 // -1 if not near an edge
8146 //
8147 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8148 {
8149     int i;
8150     i = internalYToRow(y);
8151
8152     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8153     {
8154         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8155         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8156         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8157             return i;
8158         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8159             return i - 1;
8160     }
8161
8162     return -1;
8163 }
8164
8165 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8166 // -1 if not near an edge
8167 //
8168 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8169 {
8170     int i;
8171     i = internalXToCol(x);
8172
8173     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8174     {
8175         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8176         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8177         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8178             return i;
8179         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8180             return i - 1;
8181     }
8182
8183     return -1;
8184 }
8185
8186 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8187 {
8188     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8189
8190     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8191          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8192     {
8193         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8194         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8195         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8196         // if negative then find multicell owner
8197         if (cell_rows < 0)
8198             row += cell_rows;
8199         if (cell_cols < 0)
8200              col += cell_cols;
8201         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8202
8203         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8204         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8205         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8206             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8207         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8208             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8209     }
8210
8211     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8212     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8213     {
8214         rect.width -= 1;
8215         rect.height -= 1;
8216     }
8217
8218     return rect;
8219 }
8220
8221 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8222 {
8223     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8224     //
8225     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8226
8227     // convert to device coords
8228     //
8229     int left, top, right, bottom;
8230     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8231     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8232
8233     // check against the client area of the grid window
8234     int cw, ch;
8235     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8236
8237     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8238     {
8239         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8240         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8241                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8242     }
8243     else
8244     {
8245         // is the cell partly visible ?
8246         //
8247         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8248                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8249     }
8250 }
8251
8252 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8253 // of scrolling
8254 //
8255 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8256 {
8257     int i;
8258     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8259
8260     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8261          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8262     {
8263         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8264         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8265
8266         // convert to device coords
8267         int left, top, right, bottom;
8268         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8269         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8270
8271         int cw, ch;
8272         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8273
8274         if ( top < 0 )
8275         {
8276             ypos = r.GetTop();
8277         }
8278         else if ( bottom > ch )
8279         {
8280             int h = r.GetHeight();
8281             ypos = r.GetTop();
8282             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8283             {
8284                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8285                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8286                     break;
8287
8288                 h += rowHeight;
8289                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8290             }
8291
8292             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8293             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8294             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8295             //
8296             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8297             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8298             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8299         }
8300
8301         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8302         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8303         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8304 //      if ( left < 0 )
8305         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8306         {
8307             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8308         }
8309         else if ( right > cw )
8310         {
8311             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8312             int x0, y0;
8313             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8314             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8315
8316             // see comment for ypos above
8317             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8318         }
8319
8320         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8321         {
8322             if ( xpos != -1 )
8323                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8324             if ( ypos != -1 )
8325                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8326             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8327             AdjustScrollbars();
8328         }
8329     }
8330 }
8331
8332 //
8333 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8334 //
8335
8336 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8337 {
8338     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8339          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8340     {
8341         if ( expandSelection )
8342         {
8343             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8344                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8345             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8346             {
8347                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8348                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8349                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8350                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8351             }
8352         }
8353         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8354         {
8355             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8356             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8357             ClearSelection();
8358             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8359             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8360         }
8361         else
8362             return false;
8363
8364         return true;
8365     }
8366
8367     return false;
8368 }
8369
8370 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8371 {
8372     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8373          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8374     {
8375         if ( expandSelection )
8376         {
8377             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8378                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8379             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8380             {
8381                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8382                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8383                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8384                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8385             }
8386         }
8387         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8388         {
8389             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8390             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8391             ClearSelection();
8392             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8393             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8394         }
8395         else
8396             return false;
8397
8398         return true;
8399     }
8400
8401     return false;
8402 }
8403
8404 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8405 {
8406     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8407          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8408     {
8409         if ( expandSelection )
8410         {
8411             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8412                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8413             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8414             {
8415                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8416                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8417                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8418                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8419             }
8420         }
8421         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8422         {
8423             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8424             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1;
8425             ClearSelection();
8426             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8427             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8428         }
8429         else
8430             return false;
8431
8432         return true;
8433     }
8434
8435     return false;
8436 }
8437
8438 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8439 {
8440     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8441          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8442     {
8443         if ( expandSelection )
8444         {
8445             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8446                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8447             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8448             {
8449                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8450                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8451                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8452                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8453             }
8454         }
8455         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8456         {
8457             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8458             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1;
8459             ClearSelection();
8460             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8461             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8462         }
8463         else
8464             return false;
8465
8466         return true;
8467     }
8468
8469     return false;
8470 }
8471
8472 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8473 {
8474     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8475         return false;
8476
8477     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8478     if ( row > 0 )
8479     {
8480         int cw, ch;
8481         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8482
8483         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8484         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8485
8486         if ( newRow == row )
8487         {
8488             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
8489             newRow = row - 1;
8490         }
8491
8492         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8493         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8494
8495         return true;
8496     }
8497
8498     return false;
8499 }
8500
8501 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8502 {
8503     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8504         return false;
8505
8506     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8507     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8508     {
8509         int cw, ch;
8510         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8511
8512         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8513         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8514         if ( newRow == row )
8515         {
8516             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
8517             newRow = row + 1;
8518         }
8519
8520         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8521         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8522
8523         return true;
8524     }
8525
8526     return false;
8527 }
8528
8529 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8530 {
8531     if ( m_table &&
8532          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8533          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8534     {
8535         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8536         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8537
8538         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8539         {
8540             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8541             // non-empty cells
8542             //
8543             while ( row > 0 )
8544             {
8545                 row--;
8546                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8547                     break;
8548             }
8549         }
8550         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8551         {
8552             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8553             //
8554             row--;
8555             while ( row > 0 )
8556             {
8557                 row--;
8558                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8559                     break;
8560             }
8561         }
8562         else
8563         {
8564             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8565             //
8566             while ( row > 0 )
8567             {
8568                 row--;
8569                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8570                 {
8571                     row++;
8572                     break;
8573                 }
8574             }
8575         }
8576
8577         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8578         if ( expandSelection )
8579         {
8580             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8581             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8582         }
8583         else
8584         {
8585             ClearSelection();
8586             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8587         }
8588
8589         return true;
8590     }
8591
8592     return false;
8593 }
8594
8595 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8596 {
8597     if ( m_table &&
8598          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8599          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8600     {
8601         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8602         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8603
8604         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8605         {
8606             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8607             // non-empty cells
8608             //
8609             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8610             {
8611                 row++;
8612                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8613                     break;
8614             }
8615         }
8616         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
8617         {
8618             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8619             //
8620             row++;
8621             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8622             {
8623                 row++;
8624                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8625                     break;
8626             }
8627         }
8628         else
8629         {
8630             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8631             //
8632             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8633             {
8634                 row++;
8635                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8636                 {
8637                     row--;
8638                     break;
8639                 }
8640             }
8641         }
8642
8643         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8644         if ( expandSelection )
8645         {
8646             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8647             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8648         }
8649         else
8650         {
8651             ClearSelection();
8652             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8653         }
8654
8655         return true;
8656     }
8657
8658     return false;
8659 }
8660
8661 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8662 {
8663     if ( m_table &&
8664          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8665          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8666     {
8667         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8668         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8669
8670         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8671         {
8672             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8673             // non-empty cells
8674             //
8675             while ( col > 0 )
8676             {
8677                 col--;
8678                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8679                     break;
8680             }
8681         }
8682         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
8683         {
8684             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8685             //
8686             col--;
8687             while ( col > 0 )
8688             {
8689                 col--;
8690                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8691                     break;
8692             }
8693         }
8694         else
8695         {
8696             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8697             //
8698             while ( col > 0 )
8699             {
8700                 col--;
8701                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8702                 {
8703                     col++;
8704                     break;
8705                 }
8706             }
8707         }
8708
8709         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8710         if ( expandSelection )
8711         {
8712             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8713             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8714         }
8715         else
8716         {
8717             ClearSelection();
8718             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8719         }
8720
8721         return true;
8722     }
8723
8724     return false;
8725 }
8726
8727 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8728 {
8729     if ( m_table &&
8730          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8731          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8732     {
8733         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8734         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8735
8736         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8737         {
8738             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8739             // non-empty cells
8740             //
8741             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8742             {
8743                 col++;
8744                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8745                     break;
8746             }
8747         }
8748         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
8749         {
8750             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8751             //
8752             col++;
8753             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8754             {
8755                 col++;
8756                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8757                     break;
8758             }
8759         }
8760         else
8761         {
8762             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8763             //
8764             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8765             {
8766                 col++;
8767                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8768                 {
8769                     col--;
8770                     break;
8771                 }
8772             }
8773         }
8774
8775         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8776         if ( expandSelection )
8777         {
8778             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8779             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8780         }
8781         else
8782         {
8783             ClearSelection();
8784             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8785         }
8786
8787         return true;
8788     }
8789
8790     return false;
8791 }
8792
8793 //
8794 // ------ Label values and formatting
8795 //
8796
8797 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8798 {
8799     if ( horiz )
8800         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8801     if ( vert )
8802         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8803 }
8804
8805 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8806 {
8807     if ( horiz )
8808         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8809     if ( vert )
8810         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8811 }
8812
8813 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8814 {
8815     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8816 }
8817
8818 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8819 {
8820     if ( m_table )
8821     {
8822         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8823     }
8824     else
8825     {
8826         wxString s;
8827         s << row;
8828         return s;
8829     }
8830 }
8831
8832 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8833 {
8834     if ( m_table )
8835     {
8836         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8837     }
8838     else
8839     {
8840         wxString s;
8841         s << col;
8842         return s;
8843     }
8844 }
8845
8846 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8847 {
8848     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8849     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8850     {
8851         if ( width == 0 )
8852         {
8853             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8854             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8855         }
8856         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8857         {
8858             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8859             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
8860                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8861         }
8862
8863         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8864         CalcWindowSizes();
8865         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8866     }
8867 }
8868
8869 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8870 {
8871     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8872     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8873     {
8874         if ( height == 0 )
8875         {
8876             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8877             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8878         }
8879         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8880         {
8881             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8882             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
8883                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8884         }
8885
8886         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8887         CalcWindowSizes();
8888         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8889     }
8890 }
8891
8892 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8893 {
8894     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8895     {
8896         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8897         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8898         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8899         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8900
8901         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8902         {
8903             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8904             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8905             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8906         }
8907     }
8908 }
8909
8910 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8911 {
8912     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8913     {
8914         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8915         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8916         {
8917             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8918             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8919         }
8920     }
8921 }
8922
8923 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8924 {
8925     m_labelFont = font;
8926     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8927     {
8928         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8929         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8930     }
8931 }
8932
8933 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8934 {
8935     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8936     switch ( horiz )
8937     {
8938         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8939         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8940         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8941     }
8942
8943     switch ( vert )
8944     {
8945         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8946         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8947         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8948     }
8949
8950     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8951     {
8952         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8953     }
8954
8955     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8956     {
8957         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8958     }
8959
8960     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8961     {
8962         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8963     }
8964 }
8965
8966 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8967 {
8968     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8969     switch ( horiz )
8970     {
8971         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8972         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8973         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8974     }
8975
8976     switch ( vert )
8977     {
8978         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8979         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8980         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8981     }
8982
8983     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8984     {
8985         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8986     }
8987
8988     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8989     {
8990         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8991     }
8992
8993     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8994     {
8995         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8996     }
8997 }
8998
8999 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9000 //       does not support vertical printing
9001 //
9002 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9003 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9004 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9005 //
9006 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9007 {
9008     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9009         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9010
9011     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9012         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9013 }
9014
9015 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9016 {
9017     if ( m_table )
9018     {
9019         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9020         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9021         {
9022             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9023             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9024             {
9025                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9026                 rect.x = 0;
9027                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9028                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9029             }
9030         }
9031     }
9032 }
9033
9034 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9035 {
9036     if ( m_table )
9037     {
9038         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9039         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9040         {
9041             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9042             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9043             {
9044                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9045                 rect.y = 0;
9046                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9047                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9048             }
9049         }
9050     }
9051 }
9052
9053 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9054 {
9055     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9056     {
9057         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9058
9059         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9060         PrepareDC( dc );
9061         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9062     }
9063 }
9064
9065 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9066 {
9067     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9068     {
9069         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9070
9071         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9072         PrepareDC( dc );
9073         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9074         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9075         attr->DecRef();
9076     }
9077 }
9078
9079 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9080 {
9081     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9082     {
9083         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9084
9085         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9086         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9087         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9088         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9089         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9090             return;
9091
9092         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9093         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9094     }
9095 }
9096
9097 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9098 {
9099     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9100     {
9101         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9102
9103         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9104         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9105         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9106         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9107         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9108             return;
9109
9110         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9111         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9112     }
9113 }
9114
9115 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9116 {
9117     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9118     {
9119         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9120
9121         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9122         {
9123             if ( enable )
9124             {
9125                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9126                 PrepareDC( dc );
9127                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9128             }
9129             else
9130             {
9131                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9132             }
9133         }
9134     }
9135 }
9136
9137 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9138 {
9139     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9140 }
9141
9142 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9143 {
9144     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9145
9146     return GetRowHeight(row);
9147 }
9148
9149 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9150 {
9151     return m_defaultColWidth;
9152 }
9153
9154 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9155 {
9156     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9157
9158     return GetColWidth(col);
9159 }
9160
9161 // ============================================================================
9162 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9163 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9164 // ============================================================================
9165
9166 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9167 // setting default attributes
9168 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9169
9170 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9171 {
9172     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9173 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9174     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9175 #endif
9176 }
9177
9178 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9179 {
9180     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9181 }
9182
9183 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9184 {
9185     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9186 }
9187
9188 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9189 {
9190     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9191 }
9192
9193 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9194 {
9195     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9196 }
9197
9198 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9199 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9200 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9201 // work correctly.
9202
9203 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9204 {
9205     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9206                      renderer,
9207                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9208 }
9209
9210 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9211 {
9212     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9213                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9214                      editor);
9215 }
9216
9217 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9218 // access to the default attrbiutes
9219 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9220
9221 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9222 {
9223     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9224 }
9225
9226 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9227 {
9228     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9229 }
9230
9231 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9232 {
9233     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9234 }
9235
9236 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9237 {
9238     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9239 }
9240
9241 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9242 {
9243     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9244 }
9245
9246 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9247 {
9248     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9249 }
9250
9251 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9252 {
9253     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9254 }
9255
9256 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9257 // access to cell attributes
9258 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9259
9260 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9261 {
9262     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9263     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9264     attr->DecRef();
9265
9266     return colour;
9267 }
9268
9269 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9270 {
9271     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9272     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9273     attr->DecRef();
9274
9275     return colour;
9276 }
9277
9278 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9279 {
9280     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9281     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9282     attr->DecRef();
9283
9284     return font;
9285 }
9286
9287 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9288 {
9289     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9290     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9291     attr->DecRef();
9292 }
9293
9294 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9295 {
9296     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9297     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9298     attr->DecRef();
9299
9300     return allow;
9301 }
9302
9303 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9304 {
9305     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9306     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9307     attr->DecRef();
9308 }
9309
9310 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9311 {
9312     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9313     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9314     attr->DecRef();
9315
9316     return renderer;
9317 }
9318
9319 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9320 {
9321     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9322     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9323     attr->DecRef();
9324
9325     return editor;
9326 }
9327
9328 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9329 {
9330     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9331     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9332     attr->DecRef();
9333
9334     return isReadOnly;
9335 }
9336
9337 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9338 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9339 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9340
9341 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9342 {
9343     if ( !m_table )
9344     {
9345         return false;
9346     }
9347
9348     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9349 }
9350
9351 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9352 {
9353     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9354     {
9355         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9356         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9357         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9358     }
9359 }
9360
9361 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9362 {
9363     if ( attr != NULL )
9364     {
9365         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9366
9367         self->ClearAttrCache();
9368         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9369         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9370         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9371         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9372     }
9373 }
9374
9375 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9376 {
9377     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9378     {
9379         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9380         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9381
9382 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9383         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9384 #endif
9385
9386         return true;
9387     }
9388     else
9389     {
9390 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9391         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9392 #endif
9393
9394         return false;
9395     }
9396 }
9397
9398 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9399 {
9400     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9401     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9402     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9403     if ( row >= 0 )
9404     {
9405         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9406         {
9407             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9408                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9409             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9410         }
9411     }
9412
9413     if (attr)
9414     {
9415         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9416     }
9417     else
9418     {
9419         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9420         attr->IncRef();
9421     }
9422
9423     return attr;
9424 }
9425
9426 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9427 {
9428     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9429     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9430
9431     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9432     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9433
9434     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9435     if ( !attr )
9436     {
9437         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9438
9439         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9440         attr->IncRef();
9441         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9442     }
9443
9444     return attr;
9445 }
9446
9447 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9448 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9449 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9450
9451 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9452 {
9453     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9454 }
9455
9456 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9457 {
9458     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9459 }
9460
9461 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9462 {
9463     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9464     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9465     {
9466         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9467     }
9468
9469     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9470 }
9471
9472 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9473 {
9474     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9475     if (!attr)
9476         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9477     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9478     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9479
9480     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9481
9482 }
9483
9484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9485 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9486 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9487
9488 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9489 {
9490     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9491     {
9492         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9493         ClearAttrCache();
9494     }
9495     else
9496     {
9497         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9498     }
9499 }
9500
9501 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9502 {
9503     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9504     {
9505         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9506         ClearAttrCache();
9507     }
9508     else
9509     {
9510         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9511     }
9512 }
9513
9514 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9515 {
9516     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9517     {
9518         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9519         ClearAttrCache();
9520     }
9521     else
9522     {
9523         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9524     }
9525 }
9526
9527 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9528 {
9529     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9530     {
9531         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9532         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9533         attr->DecRef();
9534     }
9535 }
9536
9537 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9538 {
9539     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9540     {
9541         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9542         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9543         attr->DecRef();
9544     }
9545 }
9546
9547 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9548 {
9549     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9550     {
9551         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9552         attr->SetFont(font);
9553         attr->DecRef();
9554     }
9555 }
9556
9557 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9558 {
9559     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9560     {
9561         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9562         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9563         attr->DecRef();
9564     }
9565 }
9566
9567 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9568 {
9569     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9570     {
9571         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9572         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9573         attr->DecRef();
9574     }
9575 }
9576
9577 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9578 {
9579     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9580     {
9581         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9582
9583         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9584         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9585         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9586         attr->DecRef();
9587
9588         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9589         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9590         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9591         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9592         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9593                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9594         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9595                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9596
9597         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9598         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9599         {
9600             int i, j;
9601             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9602             {
9603                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9604                 {
9605                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9606                     {
9607                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9608                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9609                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9610                     }
9611                 }
9612             }
9613         }
9614
9615         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9616         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9617         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9618         {
9619             int i, j;
9620             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
9621             {
9622                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
9623                 {
9624                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9625                     {
9626                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9627                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
9628                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9629                     }
9630                 }
9631             }
9632         }
9633     }
9634 }
9635
9636 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9637 {
9638     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9639     {
9640         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9641         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9642         attr->DecRef();
9643     }
9644 }
9645
9646 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9647 {
9648     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9649     {
9650         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9651         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9652         attr->DecRef();
9653     }
9654 }
9655
9656 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9657 {
9658     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9659     {
9660         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9661         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9662         attr->DecRef();
9663     }
9664 }
9665
9666 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9667 // Data type registration
9668 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9669
9670 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9671                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9672                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9673 {
9674     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9675 }
9676
9677
9678 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9679 {
9680     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9681     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9682 }
9683
9684 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9685 {
9686     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9687     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9688 }
9689
9690 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9691 {
9692     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9693     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9694     {
9695         wxString errStr;
9696
9697         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9698         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9699
9700         return NULL;
9701     }
9702
9703     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9704 }
9705
9706 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9707 {
9708     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9709     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9710     {
9711         wxString errStr;
9712
9713         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9714         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9715
9716         return NULL;
9717     }
9718
9719     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9720 }
9721
9722 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9723 // row/col size
9724 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9725
9726 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9727 {
9728     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9729 }
9730
9731 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9732 {
9733     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9734 }
9735
9736 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9737 {
9738     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9739 }
9740
9741 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9742 {
9743     m_canDragCell = enable;
9744 }
9745
9746 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9747 {
9748     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9749
9750     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9751     {
9752         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9753         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9754         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9755         // some speed optimisations)
9756         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9757         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9758         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9759             CalcDimensions();
9760     }
9761 }
9762
9763 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9764 {
9765     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9766
9767     // See comment in SetColSize
9768     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9769         return;
9770
9771     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9772     {
9773         // need to really create the array
9774         InitRowHeights();
9775     }
9776
9777     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9778     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9779
9780     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9781     int i;
9782     for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
9783     {
9784         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9785     }
9786
9787     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9788         CalcDimensions();
9789 }
9790
9791 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9792 {
9793     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9794
9795     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9796     {
9797         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9798         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9799         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9800         // some speed optimisations)
9801         m_colWidths.Empty();
9802         m_colRights.Empty();
9803         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9804             CalcDimensions();
9805     }
9806 }
9807
9808 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9809 {
9810     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9811
9812     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9813     //                                                                 (VZ)
9814     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9815     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9816     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9817     //
9818     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9819
9820     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
9821         return;
9822
9823     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9824     {
9825         // need to really create the array
9826         InitColWidths();
9827     }
9828
9829     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
9830     if ( width < 0 )
9831     {
9832         long w, h;
9833         wxArrayString lines;
9834         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9835         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9836         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9837         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9838         width = w + 6;
9839     }
9840
9841     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9842     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9843     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9844
9845     int i;
9846     for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ )
9847     {
9848         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9849     }
9850
9851     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9852         CalcDimensions();
9853 }
9854
9855 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9856 {
9857     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
9858     {
9859         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9860         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9861     }
9862 }
9863
9864 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9865 {
9866     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9867     {
9868         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9869         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9870     }
9871 }
9872
9873 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9874 {
9875     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9876     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9877
9878     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9879 }
9880
9881 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9882 {
9883     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9884     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9885
9886     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9887 }
9888
9889 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9890 {
9891     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9892     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
9893     if ( width >= 0 )
9894         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9895 }
9896
9897 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9898 {
9899     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9900     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
9901     if ( height >= 0 )
9902         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9903 }
9904
9905 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9906 {
9907     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9908 }
9909
9910 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9911 {
9912     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9913 }
9914
9915 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9916 // auto sizing
9917 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9918
9919 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9920 {
9921     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9922
9923     // cancel editing of cell
9924     HideCellEditControl();
9925     SaveEditControlValue();
9926
9927     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
9928     int row = -1,
9929         col = -1;
9930     if ( column )
9931         col = colOrRow;
9932     else
9933         row = colOrRow;
9934
9935     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9936     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9937     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9938     {
9939         if ( column )
9940             row = rowOrCol;
9941         else
9942             col = rowOrCol;
9943
9944         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9945         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9946         if ( renderer )
9947         {
9948             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9949             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9950             if ( extent > extentMax )
9951                 extentMax = extent;
9952
9953             renderer->DecRef();
9954         }
9955
9956         attr->DecRef();
9957     }
9958
9959     // now also compare with the column label extent
9960     wxCoord w, h;
9961     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9962
9963     if ( column )
9964     {
9965         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9966         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9967             w = h;
9968     }
9969     else
9970         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9971
9972     extent = column ? w : h;
9973     if ( extent > extentMax )
9974         extentMax = extent;
9975
9976     if ( !extentMax )
9977     {
9978         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9979         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
9980         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9981     }
9982     else
9983     {
9984         if ( column )
9985             // leave some space around text
9986             extentMax += 10;
9987         else
9988             extentMax += 6;
9989     }
9990
9991     if ( column )
9992     {
9993         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
9994         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9995         {
9996             int cw, ch, dummy;
9997             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9998             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
9999             rect.y = 0;
10000             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10001             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10002             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10003             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10004         }
10005     }
10006     else
10007     {
10008         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10009         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10010         {
10011             int cw, ch, dummy;
10012             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10013             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10014             rect.x = 0;
10015             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10016             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10017             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10018             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10019         }
10020     }
10021
10022     if ( setAsMin )
10023     {
10024         if ( column )
10025             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10026         else
10027             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10028     }
10029 }
10030
10031 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10032 {
10033     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10034
10035     if ( !calcOnly )
10036         BeginBatch();
10037
10038     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10039     {
10040         if ( !calcOnly )
10041             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10042
10043         width += GetColWidth(col);
10044     }
10045
10046     if ( !calcOnly )
10047         EndBatch();
10048
10049     return width;
10050 }
10051
10052 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10053 {
10054     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10055
10056     if ( !calcOnly )
10057         BeginBatch();
10058
10059     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10060     {
10061         if ( !calcOnly )
10062             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10063
10064         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10065     }
10066
10067     if ( !calcOnly )
10068         EndBatch();
10069
10070     return height;
10071 }
10072
10073 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10074 {
10075     BeginBatch();
10076
10077     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10078
10079     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10080     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10081     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10082     // scrollbar steps
10083     wxSize sizeFit(
10084         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10085         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10086
10087     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10088     // extra white space
10089
10090     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10091     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10092     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10093     {
10094         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10095         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10096         if ( diffPerCol )
10097         {
10098             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10099             {
10100                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10101             }
10102         }
10103
10104         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10105         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10106         if ( diff )
10107         {
10108             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10109             {
10110                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10111             }
10112         }
10113     }
10114
10115     // same for rows
10116     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10117     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10118     {
10119         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10120         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10121         if ( diffPerRow )
10122         {
10123             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10124             {
10125                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10126             }
10127         }
10128
10129         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10130         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10131         if ( diff )
10132         {
10133             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10134             {
10135                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10136             }
10137         }
10138     }
10139
10140     EndBatch();
10141
10142     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10143 }
10144
10145 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10146 {
10147     wxArrayString lines;
10148     long w, h;
10149
10150     // Hide the edit control, so it
10151     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10152     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10153     {
10154         HideCellEditControl();
10155         SaveEditControlValue();
10156     }
10157
10158     // autosize row height depending on label text
10159     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10160     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10161     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10162     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10163         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10164     SetRowSize(row, h);
10165     ForceRefresh();
10166 }
10167
10168 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10169 {
10170     wxArrayString lines;
10171     long w, h;
10172
10173     // Hide the edit control, so it
10174     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10175     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10176     {
10177         HideCellEditControl();
10178         SaveEditControlValue();
10179     }
10180
10181     // autosize column width depending on label text
10182     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10183     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10184     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10185         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10186     else
10187         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10188     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10189         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10190     SetColSize(col, w);
10191     ForceRefresh();
10192 }
10193
10194 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10195 {
10196     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10197     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10198
10199     int width, height;
10200     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10201     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10202
10203     if (!width)
10204         width = 100;
10205     if (!height)
10206         height = 80;
10207
10208     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10209     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars;
10210     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10211     int xpu, ypu;
10212     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10213     if (xpu)
10214         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10215     if (ypu)
10216         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10217
10218     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10219     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10220     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10221     maxwidth /= 2;
10222     maxheight /= 2;
10223     if ( width > maxwidth )
10224         width = maxwidth;
10225     if ( height > maxheight )
10226         height = maxheight;
10227
10228     wxSize best(width, height);
10229
10230     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10231     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10232     // calculation.
10233     // CacheBestSize(size);
10234
10235     return best;
10236 }
10237
10238 void wxGrid::Fit()
10239 {
10240     AutoSize();
10241 }
10242
10243 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10244 {
10245     return wxNullPen;
10246 }
10247
10248 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10249 // cell value accessor functions
10250 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10251
10252 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10253 {
10254     if ( m_table )
10255     {
10256         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10257         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10258         {
10259             int dummy;
10260             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10261             rect.x = 0;
10262             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10263             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10264             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10265         }
10266
10267         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10268              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10269              IsCellEditControlShown())
10270              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10271              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10272              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10273         {
10274             HideCellEditControl();
10275             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10276         }
10277     }
10278 }
10279
10280 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10281 // block, row and column selection
10282 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10283
10284 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10285 {
10286     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10287         ClearSelection();
10288
10289     if ( m_selection )
10290         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10291 }
10292
10293 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10294 {
10295     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10296         ClearSelection();
10297
10298     if ( m_selection )
10299         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10300 }
10301
10302 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10303                           bool addToSelected )
10304 {
10305     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10306         ClearSelection();
10307
10308     if ( m_selection )
10309         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10310                                   false, addToSelected );
10311 }
10312
10313 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10314 {
10315     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10316     {
10317         if ( m_selection )
10318             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10319     }
10320 }
10321
10322 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10323 // cell, row and col deselection
10324 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10325
10326 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10327 {
10328     if ( !m_selection )
10329         return;
10330
10331     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10332     {
10333         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10334             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10335     }
10336     else
10337     {
10338         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10339         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10340         {
10341             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10342                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10343         }
10344     }
10345 }
10346
10347 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10348 {
10349     if ( !m_selection )
10350         return;
10351
10352     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10353     {
10354         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10355             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10356     }
10357     else
10358     {
10359         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10360         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10361         {
10362             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10363                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10364         }
10365     }
10366 }
10367
10368 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10369 {
10370     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10371         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10372 }
10373
10374 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10375 {
10376     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10377              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10378                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10379 }
10380
10381 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10382 {
10383     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10384              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10385                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10386                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10387                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10388 }
10389
10390 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10391 {
10392     if (!m_selection)
10393     {
10394         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10395         return a;
10396     }
10397
10398     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10399 }
10400
10401 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10402 {
10403     if (!m_selection)
10404     {
10405         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10406         return a;
10407     }
10408
10409     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10410 }
10411
10412 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10413 {
10414     if (!m_selection)
10415     {
10416         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10417         return a;
10418     }
10419
10420     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10421 }
10422
10423 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10424 {
10425     if (!m_selection)
10426     {
10427         wxArrayInt a;
10428         return a;
10429     }
10430
10431     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10432 }
10433
10434 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10435 {
10436     if (!m_selection)
10437     {
10438         wxArrayInt a;
10439         return a;
10440     }
10441
10442     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10443 }
10444
10445 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10446 {
10447     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10448     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10449     if ( m_selection )
10450         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10451 }
10452
10453 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10454 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10455 //
10456 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10457                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10458 {
10459     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10460     wxRect cellRect;
10461
10462     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10463     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10464     {
10465         rect = cellRect;
10466     }
10467     else
10468     {
10469         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10470     }
10471
10472     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10473     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10474     {
10475         rect += cellRect;
10476     }
10477     else
10478     {
10479         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10480     }
10481
10482     int i, j;
10483     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10484     int top = rect.GetTop();
10485     int right = rect.GetRight();
10486     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10487
10488     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10489     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10490     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10491     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10492
10493     if (left > right)
10494     {
10495         i = left;
10496         left = right;
10497         right = i;
10498         i = leftCol;
10499         leftCol = rightCol;
10500         rightCol = i;
10501     }
10502
10503     if (top > bottom)
10504     {
10505         i = top;
10506         top = bottom;
10507         bottom = i;
10508         i = topRow;
10509         topRow = bottomRow;
10510         bottomRow = i;
10511     }
10512
10513     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10514     {
10515         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10516         {
10517             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10518             {
10519                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10520
10521                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10522                     left = cellRect.x;
10523                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10524                     top = cellRect.y;
10525                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10526                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10527                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10528                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10529             }
10530             else
10531             {
10532                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10533             }
10534         }
10535     }
10536
10537     // convert to scrolled coords
10538     //
10539     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10540     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10541
10542     int cw, ch;
10543     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10544
10545     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10546         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10547
10548     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10549     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10550     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10551     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10552
10553     return rect;
10554 }
10555
10556 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10557 // grid event classes
10558 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10559
10560 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10561
10562 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10563                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10564                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10565         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10566 {
10567     m_row = row;
10568     m_col = col;
10569     m_x = x;
10570     m_y = y;
10571     m_selecting = sel;
10572     m_control = control;
10573     m_shift = shift;
10574     m_alt = alt;
10575     m_meta = meta;
10576
10577     SetEventObject(obj);
10578 }
10579
10580
10581 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10582
10583 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10584                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10585                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10586         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10587 {
10588     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10589     m_x = x;
10590     m_y = y;
10591     m_control = control;
10592     m_shift = shift;
10593     m_alt = alt;
10594     m_meta = meta;
10595
10596     SetEventObject(obj);
10597 }
10598
10599
10600 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10601
10602 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10603                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10604                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10605                                                bool sel, bool control,
10606                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10607         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10608 {
10609     m_topLeft = topLeft;
10610     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10611     m_selecting = sel;
10612     m_control = control;
10613     m_shift = shift;
10614     m_alt = alt;
10615     m_meta = meta;
10616
10617     SetEventObject(obj);
10618 }
10619
10620
10621 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10622
10623 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10624                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10625                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10626     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10627 {
10628     SetEventObject(obj);
10629     m_row = row;
10630     m_col = col;
10631     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10632 }
10633
10634 #endif // wxUSE_GRID